FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

302
CONNECTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL B-64223EN/02 FANUC PANEL *

Transcript of FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

Page 1: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

CONNECTION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

B-64223EN/02

FANUC PANEL *

Page 2: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

• No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form. • All specifications and designs are subject to change without notice. The products in this manual are controlled based on Japan’s “Foreign Exchange and Foreign Trade Law”. The export from Japan may be subject to an export license by the government of Japan. Further, re-export to another country may be subject to the license of the government of the country from where the product is re-exported. Furthermore, the product may also be controlled by re-export regulations of the United States government. Should you wish to export or re-export these products, please contact FANUC for advice. In this manual we have tried as much as possible to describe all the various matters. However, we cannot describe all the matters which must not be done, or which cannot be done, because there are so many possibilities. Therefore, matters which are not especially described as possible in this manual should be regarded as ”impossible”. This manual contains the program names or device names of other companies, some of which are registered trademarks of respective owners. However, these names are not followed by or in the main body.

Page 3: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE

s-1

DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE This manual includes safety precautions for protecting the user and preventing damage to the machine. Precautions are classified into Warning and Caution according to their bearing on safety. Also, supplementary information is described as a Note. Read the Warning, Caution, and Note thoroughly before attempting to use the machine.

WARNING Applied when there is a danger of the user being

injured or when there is a damage of both the user being injured and the equipment being damaged if the approved procedure is not observed.

CAUTION

Applied when there is a danger of the equipment being damaged, if the approved procedure is not observed.

NOTE The Note is used to indicate supplementary

information other than Warning and Caution. - Read this manual carefully, and store it in a safe place.

Page 4: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料
Page 5: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 PREFACE

p-1

PREFACE This manual explains information (electrical and structural specifications) required for connecting the FANUC PANEL i equipped with a 733-MHz Celeron, 866-MHz Pentium III, 1.26-GHz Pentium III, 1.6GHz Pentium M, or 1.3GHz Celeron M processor (called the PANEL i below) and the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE to a CNC control unit or machine tool and for maintaining the PANEL i and the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE.

Attention • The copyright of Windows XP, Windows XP Embedded,

Windows 2000, and other software provided with PANEL i is owned by Microsoft Corporation (USA), Intel Corporation, Phoenix Technologies Ltd., and FANUC LTD.

• No part of the software described above, or its manuals, may be used or reproduced without permission.

• No part of the software described above, or its manuals, may be sold independently of the PANEL i.

• The software described above, and its manual, must be used under the conditions described in the attached license agreement.

• The use of the CNC incorporating the PANEL i shall imply that the user agrees to the conditions of the license agreement described above.

* Windows XP, Windows XP Embedded, Windows 2000 are a

registered trademark of Microsoft corporation, USA. * Company name and product name mentions in this manual are

(registered) trademark of each company.

CAUTION 1 If an operation error or mishap occurs, the data on

the hard disk or CF card may be lost, even if all the installation conditions are satisfied. Therefore, always maintain a backup copy of the data on the hard disk or CF card in case the stored data is lost or damaged.

Especially, the power-off on accessing the hard disk or CF card must not be done because that possibility is very high. Please concern for the end-users.

2 Be sure to finish the OS and the applications through the proper operation of shutdown before turning the power off. Without the above-mentioned operation, there is no assurance of the following action. At worst, the hard disk drive or CF card may be damaged and may not be able to be recognized by the BIOS and OS.

Page 6: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料
Page 7: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 TABLE OF CONTENTS

c-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND NOTE .................................s-1 PREFACE....................................................................................................p-1

I. CONNECTION

1 TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS .......................................................3 1.1 PANEL i (HDD TYPE) ...................................................................................4 1.2 PANEL i (CF CARD TYPE) ........................................................................... 5 1.3 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE (HDD TYPE)...................................................... 6 1.4 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE (CF CARD TYPE).............................................. 7

2 SPECIFICATIONS...................................................................................9 2.1 HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS................................................................. 10

2.1.1 PANEL i (for Series 150i /160i /180i /210i /Power Mate i-D/H) ..........................10 2.1.2 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE................................................................................13 2.1.3 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE................................................................................16

2.2 ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................................... 18 2.2.1 Ambient Temperature during Operation ................................................................19 2.2.2 Vibration.................................................................................................................20 2.2.3 Maximum Wet Bulb Temperature..........................................................................20

2.3 POWER SPECIFICATION........................................................................... 21 2.3.1 Power Supply Requirement....................................................................................21

2.3.1.1 External 24 VDC power supply specification ................................................... 21 2.3.1.2 Timing ............................................................................................................... 23 2.3.1.3 Turning on/off the power to the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE with I/O Link. 23

2.3.2 Power Supply .........................................................................................................27 2.3.3 Power Consumption ...............................................................................................28

2.4 SHUTDOWN OPERATION.......................................................................... 29 2.5 CNC SCREEN DISPLAY FUNCTION (ONLY FOR THE PANEL i FOR

AUTOMOTIVE)............................................................................................ 29

3 MOUNTING ...........................................................................................30 3.1 MOUNTING SPACE.................................................................................... 31

3.1.1 Installation Space of the 10.4" LCD Type Basic Unit............................................31 3.1.2 Installation Space of the 12.1" LCD Type Basic Unit............................................32 3.1.3 Installation Space of the 15.0" LCD Type Basic Unit............................................33 3.1.4 Installation Space of the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE ........................................34

Page 8: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64223EN/02

c-2

3.2 HDD UNIT ................................................................................................... 35 3.2.1 FA Full Keyboard and an MDI Unit Other than QWERTY MDI..........................35 3.2.2 When the QWERTY MDI and 10.4" LCD Type Basic Unit Are Used .................36 3.2.3 QWERTY MDI Used in Cases Other than Combination Subsection 3.2.2 ...........36

3.3 FRAME GROUNDING OF THE UNITS ....................................................... 37 3.3.1 PANEL i .................................................................................................................37 3.3.2 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE................................................................................37

3.4 CABLE CLAMP AND SHIELD PROCESSING ............................................ 38 3.5 DUSTPROOF MEASURES FOR CABINETS AND PENDANT BOXES...... 41

4 CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL.........................................................42 4.1 CONNECTOR LOCATION .......................................................................... 43

4.1.1 PANEL i .................................................................................................................43 4.1.2 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE................................................................................45

4.2 MAIN POWER SUPPLY INPUT .................................................................. 47 4.3 SERIAL PORT 1 .......................................................................................... 48 4.4 SERIAL PORT 2 .......................................................................................... 51 4.5 PARALLEL PORT........................................................................................ 57 4.6 HIGH SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB) ........................................................... 59 4.7 KEYBOARD AND MOUSE .......................................................................... 61 4.8 HARD DISK UNIT........................................................................................ 63 4.9 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE ................................................................................. 64 4.10 USB ............................................................................................................. 66 4.11 ETHERNET ................................................................................................. 68

4.11.1 Connecting to Ethernet ...........................................................................................68 4.11.2 Twisted-Pair Cable Specification ...........................................................................70 4.11.3 Electrical Noise Countermeasures..........................................................................73 4.11.4 Grounding the Network..........................................................................................74

4.12 VIDEO PORT............................................................................................... 75 4.13 MDI (FOR Series 300i /310i /320i) .............................................................. 77 4.14 CONVERSION OF VERTICAL SOFT KEYS AND I/O Link ......................... 80 4.15 SOFT KEY CODES (FOR Series 300i /310i /320i) ..................................... 84 4.16 KEY CODES ON THE PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE..................................... 85 4.17 PCMCIA CARD............................................................................................ 86 4.18 CF CARD UNIT ........................................................................................... 87

4.18.1 Connector Locations...............................................................................................87 4.18.2 Mounting ................................................................................................................88 4.18.3 CF Card ..................................................................................................................89

Page 9: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 TABLE OF CONTENTS

c-3

5 METHOD OF MOUNTING PCI EXTENSION BOARD..........................90 5.1 USABLE BOARD......................................................................................... 91 5.2 METHOD OF MOUNTING PCI EXTENSION BOARD ................................ 92 5.3 CONDITIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT OF A PCI

EXTENSION BOARD .................................................................................. 92

6 OUTLINE DRAWINGS ..........................................................................93 6.1 BASIC UNIT 10.4” VGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i .................... 94 6.2 BASIC UNIT 10.4” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i.................. 95 6.3 BASIC UNIT 12.1” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i.................. 96 6.4 BASIC UNIT 15.0” XGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i .................... 97 6.5 BASIC UNIT 10.4” VGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i ............................ 98 6.6 BASIC UNIT 10.4” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i.......................... 99 6.7 BASIC UNIT 15.0” XGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i .......................... 100 6.8 BASIC UNIT (PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE)................................................ 101 6.9 HARD DISK DRIVE UNIT A (FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i/300i/310i/320i) .... 104 6.10 HARD DISK DRIVE UNIT B, C (FOR 300i/310i/320i) ............................... 105 6.11 MACHINE OPERATOR'S PANEL + HDD FOR ATTACHMENT TO

MACHINE OPERATOR'S PANEL ............................................................. 106 6.12 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE ............................................................................... 108 6.13 CD-ROM DRIVE........................................................................................ 110 6.14 MDI UNIT OUTLINE DRAWING (WHEN HDD UNIT IS MOUNTED) ........ 111 6.15 FA FULL KEYBOARD OUTLINE DRAWING (WHEN HDD UNIT IS

MOUNTED) ............................................................................................... 124

7 WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED ...............................................................128 7.1 WHAT IS WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED?.................................................... 129 7.2 FANUC WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED SYSTEM......................................... 130 7.3 OS PROTECTION BY THE EWF FUNCTION........................................... 132 7.4 NOTES ON OPERATION.......................................................................... 135 7.5 NOTES ON APPLICATION CREATION.................................................... 136 7.6 FIRST SETUP OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED ....................................... 137

7.6.1 Logon ...................................................................................................................137 7.6.2 Calibration and Right-Click Simulation of Touch Panel

(for PANEL i with a Touch Panel).......................................................................138

7.6.3 HSSB Node Setting ..............................................................................................139 7.6.4 MDI Keyboard Setting (for PANEL i with MDI keys)........................................139

7.6.5 Application Setup and OS Setting........................................................................140

Page 10: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64223EN/02

c-4

7.6.6 Enabling EWF Protection.....................................................................................141 7.7 RECOVERY OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED........................................... 142

II. MAINTENANCE

1 SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM ..............................................................149 2 LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES AND

TOOLS ................................................................................................151 2.1 LIST OF PCBS .......................................................................................... 152

2.1.1 Main Board...........................................................................................................152 2.1.2 Backplane PCB.....................................................................................................154 2.1.3 CF Card Adapter PCB..........................................................................................154 2.1.4 List of CF Cards for Maintenance ........................................................................154 2.1.5 Inverter PCB.........................................................................................................155 2.1.6 Touch Panel PCB .................................................................................................156 2.1.7 Other PCB ............................................................................................................157

2.2 LIST OF MAINTENANCE UNITS .............................................................. 158 2.2.1 Drive Unit.............................................................................................................158 2.2.2 Base Unit ..............................................................................................................159

2.3 LIST OF DRAWING NUMBERS FOR CPU AND MEMORY MAINTENANCE......................................................................................... 162

2.4 LIST OF MAINTENANCE PARTS ............................................................. 163 2.5 LIST OF MAINTENANCE TOOLS............................................................. 163

3 CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB...............................164 3.1 PARTS LAYOUT ....................................................................................... 165

3.1.1 Main Board...........................................................................................................165 3.1.2 Back Panel............................................................................................................168 3.1.3 Power Supply Board.............................................................................................169

3.2 ADJUSTMENT........................................................................................... 170 3.2.1 Settings of the Setting Pins on the Main Board....................................................170 3.2.2 Settings of the Setting Pins on the CF Card Adapter PCB...................................173 3.2.3 Setting of Variable Register .................................................................................173 3.2.4 Changing the Windows Device Driver.................................................................174 3.2.5 Changing the Setting of Windows........................................................................175

3.3 LED DISPLAY............................................................................................ 177 3.3.1 LED on Main Board .............................................................................................177 3.3.2 LED on Backplane PCB.......................................................................................178

Page 11: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 TABLE OF CONTENTS

c-5

3.3.3 LED on the Front Side of the PANEL i for Automotive......................................179

4 MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL) .....................180 4.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 181 4.2 CHANGING START SEQUENCES ........................................................... 183 4.3 EXPLANATION OF SCREENS ................................................................. 184

4.3.1 BOOT Screen .......................................................................................................184 4.3.1.1 System data manipulation................................................................................ 185 4.3.1.2 SRAM operation.............................................................................................. 186 4.3.1.3 File operation................................................................................................... 187

4.3.2 IPL Screen ............................................................................................................188 4.4 OTHER SCREENS.................................................................................... 189

4.4.1 CNC Alarm Screen...............................................................................................189 4.4.2 Status Screen ........................................................................................................190 4.4.3 Option Setting Screen...........................................................................................191

5 MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)..............193 5.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 194 5.2 EXPLANATION OF SCREENS ................................................................. 195

5.2.1 Monitor Screen .....................................................................................................195 5.2.2 Settings Screen .....................................................................................................197 5.2.3 EWF Control Screen (for Windows XP Embedded)............................................200

5.3 LOG OUTPUT FUNCTION........................................................................ 201

6 BIOS SETUP .......................................................................................202 6.1 WHAT IS ‘BIOS SET-UP’ .......................................................................... 203 6.2 KEYS USED FOR OPERATION................................................................ 203 6.3 HOW TO BEGIN THE ‘BIOS SET-UP’ ...................................................... 204 6.4 METHOD OF RETURNING BIOS SETTINGS TO FACTORY-SET

VALUES .................................................................................................... 205 6.5 HOW TO END THE ‘BIOS SET-UP’ .......................................................... 206 6.6 BIOS DIAGNOSIS MESSAGE................................................................... 207

7 MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES................................................................209 7.1 METHOD OF EXCHANGING A BATTERY ............................................... 210 7.2 METHOD OF REMOVING CASE COVER ................................................ 211 7.3 MOUNTING THE CASE COVER............................................................... 215 7.4 METHOD OF EXCHANGING FUSE.......................................................... 217 7.5 METHOD OF EXCHANGING FAN............................................................ 218

7.5.1 Method of Exchange Fan of the PANEL i ...........................................................218

Page 12: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

TABLE OF CONTENTS B-64223EN/02

c-6

7.5.2 Method of Exchanging Fan for the HDD Unit .....................................................219 7.6 METHOD OF EXCHANGING CPU UNIT .................................................. 220 7.7 METHOD OF EXCHANGING THE DIMM MODULE ................................. 221 7.8 METHOD OF EXCHANGING TOUCH PANEL PROTECTION SHEET .... 222

7.8.1 Method of Exchanging Touch Panel Protection Sheet (except A02B-0236-K130)...................................................................................223

7.8.2 Method of exchanging Touch Panel Protection Sheet (A02B-0236-K130).........225 7.8.3 Checks after Exchange .........................................................................................226

8 METHOD FOR CORRECTING POSITIONS ON THE TOUCH PANEL.................................................................................................227

9 METHOD OF MOUNTING AND REMOVING THE 10.4-INCH PANEL i (FOR THE 300i/310i/320i) AND MDI UNIT .........................229 9.1 REMOVAL METHOD................................................................................. 230 9.2 MOUNTING METHOD............................................................................... 231

10 TROUBLE SHOOTING .......................................................................232

APPENDIX

A PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i ...........................................................235 A.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 236 A.2 SPECIFICATION ....................................................................................... 236 A.3 CONSTRUCTION...................................................................................... 237 A.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT ........................................................ 237 A.5 CONNECTION TO PANEL i ...................................................................... 238

A.5.1 Connector Location ..............................................................................................238 A.5.2 Serial Port 2 + USB..............................................................................................239 A.5.3 Parallel Port ..........................................................................................................240 A.5.4 Keyboard / Mouse (For Stand-alone Type Punch Panel) .....................................241

A.6 CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL ............................................................. 242 A.6.1 Connector Location ..............................................................................................242 A.6.2 USB Port ..............................................................................................................242 A.6.3 Serial Port 2 ..........................................................................................................243 A.6.4 Parallel Port ..........................................................................................................243 A.6.5 Keyboard / Mouse (for Stand-alone Type Punch Panel for PANEL i) ................244

A.7 OUTLINE DIMENSIONS ........................................................................... 245 A.7.1 Punch Panel (Stand-alone Type) ..........................................................................245 A.7.2 FA Full keyboard with Punch Panel (15”LCD Type) ..........................................246

Page 13: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 TABLE OF CONTENTS

c-7

B CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION ..........................................................................................247 B.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 248 B.2 SPECIFICATION ....................................................................................... 249 B.3 INSTALLATION ......................................................................................... 250 B.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT ........................................................ 251 B.5 CONNECTION TO PANEL i ...................................................................... 251

B.5.1 Connector Location ..............................................................................................251 B.5.2 MDI ......................................................................................................................252 B.5.3 USB ......................................................................................................................253

B.6 SETTING ................................................................................................... 255 B.6.1 Installation of the Driver ......................................................................................255 B.6.2 Setting of the OS ..................................................................................................255

B.7 SHUTDOWN.............................................................................................. 257 B.8 OTHER NOTES......................................................................................... 258

B.8.1 Notes on PANEL i of 10.4" SVGA LCD Type....................................................258 B.8.1.1 CNC screen display ......................................................................................... 258 B.8.1.2 Applications available from FANUC and the customer .................................. 259

B.8.2 Notes on the USB Interface QWERTY MDI .......................................................259 B.9 OUTLINE DIMENSIONS ........................................................................... 261

C MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION ..........................................................................................263 C.1 OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 264 C.2 NCBOOT32E.exe ...................................................................................... 266 C.3 START SEQUENCE SWITCHING ............................................................ 268 C.4 EXPLANATION OF SCREENS ................................................................. 269

C.4.1 Boot Screen ..........................................................................................................269 C.4.1.1 File storage location selection.......................................................................... 270 C.4.1.2 System Data Operation .................................................................................... 271 C.4.1.3 S-RAM Operation............................................................................................ 272 C.4.1.4 File Operation .................................................................................................. 273

C.4.2 IPL Screen ............................................................................................................274 C.5 OTHER SCREENS.................................................................................... 275

C.5.1 CNC Alarm Screen...............................................................................................275 C.5.2 Status Screen ........................................................................................................276 C.5.3 Option Setting Screen...........................................................................................277 C.5.4 Changer Screen.....................................................................................................279

C.6 STARTING OF THE CNC SCREEN DISPLAY FUNCTION ...................... 281

Page 14: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料
Page 15: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

I. CONNECTION

Page 16: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料
Page 17: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 1.TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

- 3 -

1 TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS Chapter 1, "TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS", consists of the following sections: 1.1 PANEL i (HDD TYPE) ................................................................4 1.2 PANEL i (CF CARD TYPE) ........................................................5 1.3 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE (HDD TYPE) ...............................6 1.4 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE (CF CARD TYPE) .......................7

Page 18: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

1.TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 4 -

1.1 PANEL i (HDD TYPE)

Touc

h pa

nel (

optio

n)

(COP21 or COP7)

+24V INPUT (CPD14)

HDD FAN (CPE11C)

HDD 1 (CA81A)

HDD PWR 1 (CPD11B)

MDI(JA61)

HDD 2 (CA81B)

HDD PWR 2 (CPD11C)

FDD (CD34)

FDD POWER (CPD11A)

ETHERNET (CD38U)

RS232-1 (JD33)

RS232-2 (JD46)

CENTRO (JD9)

USB1 (CD41L)

USB2 (CD41M)

KEY BOARD (CD32L)

MOUSE (CD32U)

PCI extension slot 1(CA78A)

PCI extension slot 2(CA78B)

CRT(JA63)

PCMCIA card

D-ROM drive

CNC control unit PANEL i

Power supply (+24VDC)

Floppy disk drive

PCI extension board

PCI extension board

3.5" HDD unit

FAN unit

Ethernet

I/O device Power supply (Note 2)

( 300i /310i /320i ) HSSB(COP21)

or ( 150i /160i /180i /210i )

HSSB(COP7)

USB device Power supply

HSSB

(Note 1)

Peripheral device

(Note 1) Peripheral device

(Note 4)

Col

or L

CD

pan

el

PCM

CIA

card

slot

USB3(CD46L) (300i /310i /320i only)

CRT

: Optical link Module & Cable

: Tyco Electronics AMP (Dynamic)

: Tyco Electronics AMP (mini-DIN6pins)

: Tyco Electronics AMP (EI Series 4pins)

: HIROSE ELECTRIC (Flat Cable34pins)

: HIROSE ELECTRIC (Flat Cable40pins)

(150i /160i /180i /210i only)

(300i /310i /320i only)

MDI cable

Soft key (option)

USB device

USB device

Power supply

Power supply

Printer Power supply

I/O device Power supply

(Note 4)

(Note 4)

USB devicePower supply(Note 4)

USB device Power supply

(Note 4)

MDI unit

Mouse

Full keyboard

: HONDA TSUSHIN (PCR 20pins)

: molex (5046-NA 3pin)

: Ethernet (RJ-45)

: USB interface : others

Connector details

(150i)MDI(JA2)

or(160i /180i /210i)

MDI(JD45)

a b c

d e f

g

hij

a a

j

f f

e e

d d

g gg g

a a

b b

f fh h

d d

g g

f fd d

e e

d d

i ig g

j

j j

c c

c c

g g

g g

g g

g g

j

Power supply

Page 19: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 1.TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

- 5 -

1.2 PANEL i (CF CARD TYPE)

+24V INPUT (CPD14)

HDD FAN (CPE11C)

HDD 1 (CA81A)

HDD PWR 1 (CPD11B)

MDI(JA61)

HDD 2 (CA81B)

HDD PWR 2 (CPD11C)

FDD (CD34)

FDD POWER (CPD11A)

ETHERNET (CD38U)

RS232-1 (JD33)

RS232-2 (JD46)

CENTRO (JD9)

USB1 (CD41L)

USB2 (CD41M)

KEY BOARD (CD32L)

MOUSE (CD32U)

PCI extension slot 1(CA78A)

PCI extension slot 2(CA78B)

CRT(JA63)

PCMCIA card

Full keyboard

USB device

USB device

CD-ROM drive

PANEL i

Printer

Floppy disk drive

PCI extension board

I/O device

Ethernet

Mouse

I/O device Power supply (Note 2)

USB device

HSSB(COP21 or COP7)

(Note 1) Peripheral device

(Note 1) Peripheral device

Col

or L

CD

pan

el

PCM

CIA

card

slot

USB3(CD46L) (300i /310i /320i only)

CRT

Embedded CF card unit

Touc

h pa

nel (

optio

n)

USB device

USB device

(150i /160i /180i /210i only)

(300i /310i /320i only)

MDI cable MDI unit

CNC control unit

Power supply (+24VDC)

( 300i /310i /320i )HSSB(COP21)

or ( 150i /160i

/180i /210i ) HSSB(COP7)

(150i)MDI(JA2)

or(160i /180i /210i)

MDI(JD45)a a

b b

f fh

d

g g

f fd d

e e

d d

i ig g

j j

j j

c c

c c

g g

g g

g g

a a

g g

g g

f f

e e

d d

f f

j

gg

Soft key (option)

Power supply

Power supply

Power supply

Power supply

(Note 4)

(Note 4)

Power supply(Note 4)Power supply

(Note 4)

Power supply

Power supply(Note 4)

Page 20: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

1.TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 6 -

1.3 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE (HDD TYPE)

(300i /310i /320i)

HSSB(COP21)

or

(150i /160i /180i /210i) HSSB(COP7)

FDD and CD-ROMdrive Unit (option)

Mouse

CD-ROM drive

Power supply (+24VDC)

Floppy disk drive

PCI extension board

PCI extension board

FAN unit

Ethernet I/O device

USB device

USB device

Power supply

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

JD1B(I/OLink)

JD1A(I/OLink)

+24V INPUT (CPD14)

HDD FAN (CPE11C)

HDD 1 (CA81A)

HDD PWR 1 (CPD11B)

HDD 2 (CA81B)

HDD PWR 2 (CPD11C)

FDD (CD34)

FDD POWER (CPD11A)

ETHERNET (CD38U)

RS232-1 (JD33)

RS232-2 (JD46)

CENTRO (JD9)

USB1 (CD41L)

USB2 (CD41M)

KEY BOARD (CD32L)

MOUSE (CD32U)

PCI extension slot 1 (CA78A)

PCI extension slot 2 (CA78B)

PCMCIA card

PCM

CIA

card

slot

USB3 (CD46L)

USB2

I/O L

ink

devi

ce (m

aste

r sid

e)

JD1A

I/O L

ink

devi

ce (s

lave

sid

e)

JD1B

Col

or L

CD

pan

el

Key

boar

d

Touc

h pa

nel (

optio

n)

CNC control unit

(Note 2)

(Note 3)

(Note 1)

Peripheral device

(Note 1) Peripheral device

(Note 5)

3.5" HDD unit

USB device

Printer

I/O device

USB device

USB device

f f

j

a a

gg

d d

a a

f fh h

i ig g

j j

c

c c

g g

g g

g gg gb b

f f

d d

d d

d de e e e

j j

HSSB (COP21 or COP7)

Power supply

Powersupply

Power supply

(Note 4)

(Note 4)

Power supply(Note 4)Power supply

(Note 4)

Power supply(Note 4)

Power supply

Page 21: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 1.TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

- 7 -

1.4 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE (CF CARD TYPE)

FDD and CD-ROMdrive Unit (option)

Mouse

CD-ROM drive

Power supply (+24VDC)

Floppy disk drive

PCI extension board

Ethernet

USB device

USB device

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

JD1B(I/OLink)

JD1A(I/OLink)

+24V INPUT (CPD14)

HDD FAN (CPE11C)

HDD 1 (CA81A)

HDD PWR 1 (CPD11B)

HDD 2 (CA81B)

HDD PWR 2 (CPD11C)

FDD (CD34)

FDD POWER (CPD11A)

ETHERNET (CD38U)

RS232-1 (JD33)

RS232-2 (JD46)

CENTRO (JD9)

USB1 (CD41L)

USB2 (CD41M)

KEY BOARD (CD32L)

MOUSE (CD32U)

PCI extension slot 1(CA78A)

PCI extension slot 2(CA78B)

PCMCIA card

PCM

CIA

card

slot

USB3 (CD46L)

USB2

I/O L

ink

devi

ce (m

aste

r si

de)

JD1A

I/O L

ink

devi

ce (s

lave

sid

e)

JD1B

Col

or L

CD

pan

el

Key

boar

d

Touc

h pa

nel (

optio

n)

CNC control unit

(Note 3)

(Note 1)

Peripheral device

(Note 1) Peripheral device

(Note 5)

Embedded CF card unit

I/O device Power supply (Note 2)

USB device

Printer

I/O device

USB device

USB device

(300i /310i /320i) HSSB(COP21)

or (150i /160i /180i /210i)

HSSB(COP7)

a a

f fh

i ig g

j j

c

c c

g g

g g

g gg g

b b

f f

d

d d

d de e

a a

f f

e ed d

j j

j

f f

g gHSSB(COP21 or COP7)

Power supply

Power supply

Power supply

(Note 4)

(Note 4)

Power supply(Note 4)Power supply

(Note 4)

Power supply(Note 4)

Power supply

Page 22: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

1.TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 8 -

NOTE 1 Some peripheral devices are not suitable for being

connected to the PANEL i for environmental durability reasons, and others are not suitable for use during machine operation. So, carefully read the operator's manuals of the peripheral devices to be used.

2 With a unit with a touch panel, the RS232-1 connector (JD33, serial port channel 1) cannot be used.

3 The keyboard port cannot be used because it is used by this unit.

4 If a USB device requires a current larger than the specification of the PANEL i, another power supply is required.

5 The I/O Link interface is optional.

Page 23: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 9 -

2 SPECIFICATIONS Chapter 2, "SPECIFICATIONS", consists of the following sections: 2.1 HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS .............................................10 2.2 ENVIRONMENT .......................................................................16 2.3 POWER SPECIFICATION ........................................................21 2.4 SHUTDOWN OPERATION ......................................................29 2.5 CNC SCREEN DISPLAY FUNCTION (ONLY FOR THE

PANEL i FOR AUTOMOTIVE) ................................................29

Page 24: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

2.SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 10 -

2.1 HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS

2.1.1 PANEL i (for Series 150i /160i /180i /210i /Power Mate i-D/H)

Item PANEL i with Pentium M

(HDD type and CF card type) PANEL i with Pentium III

(HDD type only) Basic unit

CPU Pentium M 1.6 GHz or Celeron M 1.3 GHz

Pentium III 1.26 GHz or Pentium III 866 MHz or Celeron 733 MHz

Memory 1GB, 512MB, or 256MB (only 1GB or 512MB for CF card type)

512MB, 256MB, or 128MB

LCD

10.4" VGA(640×480 dots, 260K colors) or 10.4" SVGA(800×600 dots, 260K colors) or 12.1" SVGA(800×600 dots, 260K colors) or 15.0" XGA(1024×768 dots, 260K colors) * Windows XP cannot be used on 10.4”

VGA type. * 10.4" VGA type can be used only with

HDD type.

10.4" VGA (640×480 dots, 260K colors) 10.4" SVGA (800×600 dots, 260K colors) 12.1" SVGA (800×600 dots, 260K colors) 15.0" XGA (1024×768 dots, 260K colors)* Windows XP cannot be used on 10.4”

VGA type.

Touch panel Resolution of 1024×1024 (option, Note 1) Same as left

Display unit

Soft key Horizontal 12 keys (option) * Enabled only in the case of HSSB

connection with a CNC Same as left

Serial port 2 ports (Serial port 1 is not available in case of the unit with touch panel)

Same as left

USB

Conforms to USB 2.0. 2 ports (rear side, USB connector compatible) 2 ports (dedicated to the punch panel, Note 2)

Conforms to USB 1.1. 2 ports (rear side, USB connector compatible, or punch panel)

Parallel port 1 port (data transfer mode is by-directional mode)

Same as left

Full keyboard 1 port (PS/2 compatible) Same as left Mouse 1 port (PS/2 compatible) Same as left

IDE

2 ports/ 4 devices (signal connector : IBM PC compatible) When CF card type is used, 1 port/2 devices are occupied by the CF card unit.

2 ports/ 4 devices (signal connector : IBM PC compatible)

Floppy disk 1 port (signal connector : IBM PC compatible)

Same as left

Ethernet 1 port (10BASE-T / 100BASE-TX) Same as left Video port 1 port (Analog RGB output) Same as left HSSB(High Speed Serial Bus)

1 port(An optical connector for the connection with CNC controller)

Same as left

I /O port

PCMCIA card slot

1 port (Type I/ II, based on PCMCIA 2.1) Same as left

Page 25: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 11 -

Item PANEL i with Pentium M

(HDD type and CF card type) PANEL i with Pentium III

(HDD type only) Basic unit (Continued)

PCI extension slot

2 slots of the short card based on PCI specification 2.2, 32bit, 33MHz, +5V Maximum dimension of card : 176.41mm×106.68mm When CF card type is used, one slot is occupied by the CF card unit.

2 slots of the short card based on PCI specification 2.1, 32bit, 33MHz, +5V Maximum dimension of card : 176.41mm×106.68mm

Real time clock Monthly error is within 3 minutes. Same as left 10.4” VGA type

290×220×125 mm Same as left

10.4” SVGA type

290×220×125 mm Same as left

12.1” SVGA type

340×280×125 mm Same as left

15.0” XGA type

400×320×125 mm Same as left

Dimensions (WxHxD)

Depth of current unit is 110mm, but one of next unit may be 125mm 10.4” VGA type

3.5 kg(HDD type only) (Note 3) 3.5 kg

10.4” SVGA type

3.6 kg(HDD type) 3.8 kg(CF card type) (Note 3)

3.6 kg

12.1” SVGA type

4.9 kg(HDD type) 5.1 kg(CF card type) (Note 3)

4.9 kg Weight

15.0” XGA type

5.7 kg(HDD type) 5.9 kg(CF card type) (Note 3)

5.7 kg

10.4” VGA type

61 W(HDD type only) (Note 4) 58 W

10.4” SVGA type

61 W(HDD type) 56 W(CF card type) (Note 4)

58 W

12.1” SVGA type

67 W(HDD type) 62 W(CF card type) (Note 4)

64 W

Heat output

15.0” XGA type

78 W(HDD type) 73 W(CF card type) (Note 4)

64 W

Hard disk drive unit (HDD type only)

Hard disk drive 3.5” hard disk drive, 40GB or more over, Ultra ATA/100

Same as left

Weight 1.1 kg (A08B-0084-H130) 1.2 kg (A08B-0084-H131) 1.3 kg (A08B-0084-H100)

Same as left

CF card unit (CF card type only) Weight : 0.2 kg -----

CF card unit Built into PCI extension slot 1 -----

CF card Master side : 2GB Slave side : 2GB,1GB,256MB,128MB or

not provided -----

CD-ROM drive 5-inch bay type, Weight : 1.0 kg Same as left

Floppy disk drive 3.5-inch type (Note 5) Weight : 0.4kg (A08B-0084-K001) Weight : 0.8kg (A02B-0207-C009)

Same as left

OS Windows® XP (HDD type) Windows® XP Embedded (CF card type)

Windows® 2000 Windows® XP

Page 26: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

2.SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 12 -

NOTE 1 Two points cannot be pressed simultaneously. Serial

port 1 is used. 2 When using USB through the punch panel, ensure

that the connected USB cable is not longer than 1 m. 3 The weight of the hard disk drive (HDD) type does not

include the weight of a HDD unit. The weight of the compact flash (CF) card type includes the weight of a CF card unit.

4 The heat output data above includes the data of the following:

Main personal computer unit, full keyboard, mouse, HDD unit, HDD fan (for HDD type), and CF card unit (for CF card type)

The heat output data above does not include the data of the following:

PCMCIA card, PCI extension board, serial interface connection device, parallel interface connection device, USB device, expansion IDE/ATAPI device

The heat output data above is provided just as a guideline. Note that the heat output increases when a peripheral device and/or PCI extension board is connected. Furthermore, consider the cabinet design and cooling method that match an overall heat output amount.

5 To use a floppy disk drive for models older than this PANEL i, the setting on the main board on the PANEL i side needs to be modified.

Page 27: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 13 -

2.1.2 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

Item PANEL i with Pentium M

(HDD type and CF card type) PANEL i with Pentium III

(HDD type only) Basic unit

CPU Pentium M 1.6 GHz or Celeron M 1.3 GHz

Pentium III 1.26 GHz or Pentium III 866 MHz or Celeron 733 MHz

Memory

1GB, 512MB, or 256MB (only 1GB or 512MB for CF card type)

512MB, 256MB, or 128MB

LCD

10.4" VGA(640×480 dots, 260K colors) or 10.4" SVGA(800×600 dots, 260K colors) or 15.0" XGA(1024×768 dots, 260K colors) * Windows XP cannot be used on 10.4”

VGA type. * 10.4" VGA type can be used only with

HDD type.

10.4" VGA(640×480 dots, 260K colors) 10.4" SVGA(800×600 dots, 260K colors) 15.0" XGA(1024×768 dots, 260K colors)* Windows XP cannot be used on 10.4”

VGA type.

Touch panel Resolution of 1024×1024 (option, Note 1) Same as left

Display unit

Soft key

Vertical 9 keys and Horizontal 12 keys (Basic) * Enabled only in the case of HSSB

connection with a CNC

Same as left

Serial port

2 ports (Serial port 1 is not available in case of the unit with touch panel)

Same as left

USB

Conforms to USB 2.0. 3 ports (rear side 2 + front side 1, USB connector compatible) 2 ports (for punch panel, NOTE 2)

Conforms to USB 1.1. 3 ports (front side 1, USB connector compatible + rear side 2, USB connector compatible, or punch panel)

Parallel port

1 port (data transfer mode is by-directional mode)

Same as left

Full keyboard 1 port (PS/2 compatible) Same as left Mouse 1 port (PS/2 compatible) Same as left

IDE

2 ports/ 4 devices (signal connector : IBM PC compatible) When CF card type is used, 1 port/2 devices are occupied by the CF card unit.

2 ports/ 4 devices (signal connector : IBM PC compatible)

Floppy disk

1 port(signal connector : IBM PC compatible)

Same as left

Ethernet 1 port(10BASE-T / 100BASE-TX) Same as left Video port 1 port(Analog RGB output) Same as left

MDI 1 port (Enabled only in the case of HSSB connection with a CNC)

Same as left

HSSB(High Speed Serial Bus)

1 port(An optical connector for the connection with CNC controller)

Same as left

I /O port

PCMCIA card slot

1 port(Type I/ II, based on PCMCIA 2.1) Same as left

PCI extension slot

2 slots of the short card based on PCI specification 2.1, 32bit, 33MHz, +5V Maximum dimension of card : 176.41mm × 106.68mm When CF card type is used, one slot is occupied by the CF card unit.

2 slots of the short card based on PCI specification 2.1, 32bit, 33MHz, +5V Maximum dimension of card : 176.41mm×106.68mm

Real time clock Monthly error is within 3 minutes. Same as left

Page 28: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

2.SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 14 -

Item PANEL i with Pentium M

(HDD type and CF card type) PANEL i with Pentium III

(HDD type only) Basic unit (Continued)

10.4” VGA type

290×220×125 mm Same as left

10.4”SVGA type

290×220×135 mm Same as left Dimensions (WxHxD)

15.0” XGA type

400×320×125 mm Same as left

10.4” VGA type

3.5kg(HDD type only) (Note 3) 3.5 kg

10.4”SVGA type

3.6kg(HDD type), 3.8kg(CF card type) (Note 3)

3.6 kg Weight

15.0” XGA type

5.7kg(HDD type), 5.9kg(CF card type) (Note 3)

5.7 kg

10.4” VGA type

61W(HDD type only) (Note 4) 58 W

10.4”SVGA type

61W(HDD type) 56W(CF card type) (Note 4)

58 W

Heat output

15.0” XGA type

78W(HDD type) 73W(CF card type) (Note 4)

64 W

Hard disk drive unit(HDD type only)

Hard disk drive 3.5” hard disk drive, 40GB or more over, Ultra ATA/100

Same as left

Weight 1.1 kg (A08B-0084-H130) 1.2 kg (A08B-0084-H131) 1.3 kg (A08B-0084-H100)

Same as left

CF card unit (CF card type only) Weight : 0.2 kg -----

CF card unit Built into PCI extension slot 1 -----

CF card Master side : 2GB Slave side : 2GB, 1GB, 256MB, 128MB,

or not provided -----

CD-ROM drive 5-inch bay type Weight : 1.0 kg

Same as left

Floppy disk drive 3.5-inch type (Note 5) Weight : 0.4 kg (A08B-0084-K001) Weight : 0.8 kg (A02B-0207-C009)

Same as left

OS Windows® XP (HDD type) Windows® XP Embedded (CF card type)

Windows® 2000 Windows® XP

Page 29: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 15 -

NOTE 1 Two points cannot be pressed simultaneously. Serial

port 1 is used. 2 When using USB through the punch panel, ensure

that the connected USB cable is not longer than 1 m. 3 The weight of the hard disk drive (HDD) type does not

include the weight of a HDD unit. The weight of the compact flash (CF) card type includes the weight of a CF card unit.

4 The heat output data above includes the data of the following:

Main personal computer unit, full keyboard, mouse, HDD unit, HDD fan (for HDD type), and CF card unit (for CF card type)

The heat output data above does not include the data of the following:

PCMCIA card, PCI extension board, serial interface connection device, parallel interface connection device, USB device, expansion IDE/ATAPI device

The heat output data above is provided just as a guideline. Note that the heat output increases when a peripheral device and/or PCI extension board is connected. Furthermore, consider the cabinet design and cooling method that match an overall heat output amount.

5 To use a floppy disk drive for models older than this PANEL i, the setting on the main board on the PANEL i side needs to be modified.

Page 30: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

2.SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 16 -

2.1.3 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

Item PANEL i with Pentium M

(HDD type and CF card type) PANEL i with Pentium III

(HDD type only) Basic unit

CPU Pentium M 1.6 GHz or Celeron M 1.3 GHz

Pentium III 1.26 GHz or Pentium III 866 MHz or Celeron 733 MHz

Memory 1GB, 512MB, or 256MB (only 1GB or 512MB for CF card type)

512MB, 256MB, or 128MB

LCD 15.0" XGA(1024×768 dots, 260K colors) Same as left Display unit Touch panel Resolution of 1024×1024 (option, Note 1) Same as left

Keyboard Control key Function/Alphabet Vertical softkey

33 keys (Note 2) 26 keys (Note 2) 16 keys (Note 3)

Same as left

Serial port 2 ports (Serial port 1 is not available in case of the unit with touch panel)

Same as left

USB

Conforms to USB 2.0. 3 ports (rear side 1 + front side 2, USB connector compatible) 2 ports (for punch panel, Note 4)

Conforms to USB 1.1. 3 ports (front side 1, USB connector compatible + rear side 2, USB connector compatible, or punch panel)

Parallel port 1 port (data transfer mode is by-directional mode) Same as left Full keyboard None (This is used by integrated keyboard.) Same as left Mouse 1 port (PS/2 compatible) Same as left

IDE

2 ports/ 4 devices (signal connector : IBM PC compatible) HDD unit (basic) uses 1 port. (HDD type) CD-ROM drive (optional) uses 1 port. CF card unit (basic) uses one port and two devices. (CF card type)

2 ports/ 4 devices (signal connector : IBM PC compatible) HDD unit (basic) uses 1 port. CD-ROM drive (optional) uses 1 port.

Floppy disk 1 port(signal connector : IBM PC compatible) Same as left Ethernet 1 port(10BASE-T / 100BASE-TX) Same as left Video port 1 port(Analog RGB output) Same as left HSSB(High Speed Serial Bus)

1 port(An optical connector for the connection with CNC controller)

Same as left

PCMCIA card slot 1 port(Type I/ II, based on PCMCIA 2.1) Same as left

I /O port

I /O Link Master device connection port 1 CH, Slave device connection port 1 CH (optional)

Same as left

PCI extension slot

2 slots of the short card based on PCI specification 2.1, 32bit, 33MHz, +5V Maximum dimension of card : 176.41mm × 106.68mm When CF card type is used, one slot and two devices are occupied by the CF card unit.

Same as left

Real time clock Monthly error is within 3 minutes. Same as left

Dimensions (WxHxD)

482.6×354.8×145.0 mm (without FDD&CD drive unit) 482.6×354.8×180.0 mm (with FDD&CD drive unit)

Same as left

10.0kg (without FDD&CD drive unit) (HDD type) 8.8kg (without FDD&CD drive unit) (CF card type)

10.0kg (without FDD&CD drive unit)

Heat output 78W(HDD type) 73W(CF card type)(Note 5) 60 W (Note 5)

Hard disk drive 3.5” hard disk drive, 40GB or more over, Ultra ATA/100

Same as left

Page 31: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 17 -

Item PANEL i with Pentium M

(HDD type and CF card type) PANEL i with Pentium III

(HDD type only) CF card unit (CF card type only) Weight : 0.2 kg -----

CF card unit Built into PCI extension slot 1 ----- CF card Master side : 2GB

Slave side : 2GB, 1GB, 256MB, 128MB, or not provided

-----

Floppy disk drive and CD-ROM drive unit (optional) Same as left

Floppy disk drive 3.5-inch type Applicable to 2 modes

Same as left

CD-ROM drive 5-inch bay type Same as left

Weight 1.4 kg Same as left

対応 OS Windows® XP (HDD type) Windows® XP Embedded (CF card type)

Windows® 2000 Windows® XP

NOTE 1 Two points cannot be pressed simultaneously. Serial port 1 is used. 2 Key arrangement is different from MDI. 3 In case of A08B-0084-B400 to -B403, -B422, -B423, A13B-0196-B400 to -B403,

-B422, -B423, and A08B-0086-B402, -B403, -B422, -B423, -B702, -B703, -B722, -B723, A13B-0199-B402, B403, B422, B423, B702, B703, B722, B723 vertical soft keys signals go to only PC. In case of A08B-0084-B400 to -B403, -B422, -B423, A13B-0196-B400 to -B403, -B422, -B423, and A08B-0086-B402, -B403, -B422, -B423, -B702, B703, -B722, -B723, A13B-0199-B402, -B403, -B422, -B423, -B702, -B703, -B722, -B723 vertical soft keys signals go to both PC and I/O Link. (Refer to Section 4.14, "CONVERSION OF VERTICAL SOFT KEYS AND I/O LINK" about key code to PC.)

4 When using USB through the punch panel, ensure that the connected USB cable is not longer than 1 m.

5 The heat output data above includes the data of the following: Main personal computer unit, full keyboard, mouse, HDD unit, HDD fan (for HDD

type), and CF card unit (for CF card type) The heat output data above does not include the data of the following: PCMCIA card, PCI extension board, serial interface connection device, parallel

interface connection device, USB device, expansion IDE/ATAPI device The heat output data above is provided just as a guideline. Note that the heat

output increases when a peripheral device and/or PCI extension board is connected. Furthermore, consider the cabinet design and cooling method that match an overall heat output amount.

Page 32: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

2.SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 18 -

2.2 ENVIRONMENT When the PANEL i is used, the following environmental conditions (as measured top of the unit inside the cabinet) must be ensured for the unit.

Ambient temperature Operating : +5 to +45°C (HDD type)

0 to +58°C (CF card type) Non-operating : - 20 to +60°C

Change in temperature Up to 0.3 degrees/minute

Ambient relative humidity

Standard : 10 to 75% (non-condensing) Short-term (within one month) : 10 to 90% (non-condensing) (HDD type) 10 to 95% (non-condensing) (CF card type) Maximum Wet Bulb Temperature : 29°C (Recommended) (HDD type)

Vibration Operating : up to 0.5G Non-operating : up to 1.0G

Environment Contain the PANEL i in a completely sealed cabinet to prevent the PANEL i from being exposed to coolant, lubricant, cutting agent, and so forth. In addition, ensure that the PANEL i is not exposed to corrosive gas.

Altitude Operating : - 60m to 1000m Non-operating : - 60m to 12000m

NOTE 1 If the PANEL i is installed more than 1000 m above sea level, a restriction is

imposed on the maximum allowable ambient temperature for a CNC inside the cabinet.

For each increase of 100 m from 1000 m above sea level, decrease the maximum allowable ambient temperature for the PANEL i inside the cabinet by 1.0°C. Example) The maximum allowable ambient temperature for a CNC in a cabinet

installed 1750 m above sea level is: 45°C − (1750 − 1000)/100 × 1.0°C = 37.5°C So, the allowable ambient temperature range is +5°C to +37.5°C. Note that when a hard disk is used, the following restriction is applied to

the height of installation: Operating height above sea level: -60 m to 3000 m Non-operating height above sea level: -60 m to 12000 m

2 When using the PANEL i with a peripheral device connected, be sure to check the operating environmental conditions of the peripheral device as well.

Among the operating environmental conditions of a floppy disk drive and CD (DVD) drive available from FANUC, the temperature condition is as follows:

Ambient temperature

Operating: 5°C to +45°C Non-operating: -20°C to + 60°C

Page 33: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 19 -

2.2.1 Ambient Temperature during Operation If the temperature of CPU and HDD at power-on are beyond the allowable range, it is indicated as follows.

Status Indication In the case of the CPU temperature error (More than 75°C)

CPU Temperature = 76°C (Actual temperature is indicated.) CPU Temperature Exceeds the Upper Limit – FATAL Ambient Temperature Exceeds the Upper Limit – FATAL Abnormal ambient temperature (high

temperature) (58°C or higher for CF card type) (55°C or higher for HDD type)

Ambient Temperature Exceeds the Upper Limit (Pentium III BIOS version 06 or later and Pentium M type)

Ambient Temperature Exceeds the Lower Limit – HDD stopped Abnormal ambient temperature (low temperature: 5°C or lower) Ambient Temperature Exceeds the Lower Limit

(Pentium III BIOS version 06 or later and Pentium M type)

NOTE 1 The abnormal low ambient temperature indication (Ambient Temperature

Exceeds the Lower Limit) is not displayed for the PANEL i of CF card type. 2 If an abnormal ambient temperature is detected with Pentium III BIOS

version 06 or later or Pentium M type, normal operation is automatically resumed, without taking any corrective action, when the temperature has returned to within the normal range. If an abnormal ambient temperature is detected with Pentium III BIOS version 05 or earlier, or the CPU temperature is abnormal, turn off the power once. Then, turn on the power again when the temperature has returned to within the normal range.

3 Monitoring for abnormal temperature during PANEL i operation is performed by hardware monitor. For details, see Chapter 5, "MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)", in Part II.

Page 34: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

2.SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 20 -

2.2.2 Vibration The PANEL i and built-in hard disk drive may suffer resonance at certain frequencies. Careful checking is required on the PANEL i has been mounted on a machine. When a PCI extension board is used, the permissible vibration level may be lower than that mentioned above, depending on the specifications of the board.

CAUTION If an operation error or mishap occurs, the data on

the hard disk and CF card may be lost, even if all the installation conditions are satisfied. Therefore, always maintain a backup copy of the data on the hard disk and CF card in case the stored data is lost or damaged.

Especially, the power-off on accessing the hard disk and CF card must not be done because that possibility is very high. Please concern for the end-users.

Some development or maintenance options may not satisfy the above specifications.

2.2.3 Maximum Wet Bulb Temperature The wet bulb condition follows the recommended specification of HDD type.

Page 35: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 21 -

2.3 POWER SPECIFICATION

2.3.1 Power Supply Requirement

2.3.1.1 External 24 VDC power supply specification Supply power (24 VDC) to the PANEL i from an external 24 VDC power supply that satisfies the following specification: Recommended specification of an external 24 VDC power supply (regulated power supply) • Output voltage +24 V±10% (21.6 V to 26.4 V) (Including ripple voltage and noise. See the figure below.) • Output current The continuous load current must be 10 A or more. (At the highest temperature inside the power magnetics cabinet

where a power supply is located) • Load variation (including surge current) The output voltage range above must not be exceeded due to load

variation caused by external DO and so forth. • Momentary AC input disconnection hold time 10 mS (at -100%) 20 mS (at -50%) • Allowable 24 VDC momentary disconnection time 0.5 mS (at less than 21.6 V)

Page 36: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

2.SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 22 -

Abrupt load variation

Momentary disconnection

(-100%)

10mS

Momentary disconnection

(- 50%)

20mSAC input voltage

26.4V

Output voltage

21.6V

Output current

0A

Ripple voltage

Fig. Example of ripple voltage and noise due to switching regulator

Noise

Noise

26.4V

21.6V

This range must be kept.

(1) Timing chart

• To minimize the influence of noise and voltage variation, a

power supply that is not used for devices with large noise and load variation but is dedicated to the PANEL i should be prepared.

• A momentary disconnection caused, for example, by a power failure can disable data from being read from or written to the hard disk. So, use an uninterruptible power supply (UPS).

• When a FANUC device such as a Handy File is connected to the RS232C port, 1 A is additionally required.

To comply with the UL standard, observe the following: (1) Use AWG#16 for the wire of a power cable used. (2) The current of the 24 VDC power supply must be 10 A or less.

When the PANEL i is used with a peripheral device connected, be sure to check that the supply current does not exceed 10 A.

(3) Use a power supply unit for which UL60950-1 has been obtained.

(4) Use a power supply unit whose overcurrent drooping characteristic is 10 A or less, or insert an overcurrent protection device for 10 A or less between the PANEL i and power supply unit.

Page 37: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 23 -

2.3.1.2 Timing The power to the PANEL i may be turned on or off before or after the power to a connected CNC is turned on or off. In case that CNC and the PANEL i are connected with HSSB, the rotary switch on the CNC side HSSB interface board decides if CNC and the PANEL i start independently or synchronously.

2.3.1.3 Turning on/off the power to the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE with I/O Link

The PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE with I/O Link operates as a slave I/O device of I/O Link. So, the power to the PANEL i and the power to the CNC control unit, cell controller, and so forth that function as I/O Link master devices need to be turn on or off at the same time. (For the allowable time difference, refer to the relevant CNC connection manual. An example for the Series 16i is shown below.) If this power-on/-off sequence is not observed, an error may occur on the CNC control unit or cell controller, or the I/O Link adaptor built into the PANEL i may not be connected to the I/O Link normally.

Example 1

Power-on/off switch

Serial communication

AC input UPS

(Uninterruptible power supply)

Power supply unit 1

I/O Link

Power supply unit 2

PANEL i for

AUTOMOTIVE

DC24IN

I/O LINK

RS232C

CNC control unit

DC24IN

I/O LINK

Another I/O device

DC24IN

I/O LINK

In this example, pay attention to the power-on/-off timing of each unit.

Page 38: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

2.SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 24 -

- Example for the Series 16i • Power-on timing

Up to 200ms Up to 500ms

Power to the CNC and I/O device

Power to the PANEL i

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

• Power-off timing

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

Up to 500ms

Power to the CNC and I/O device

Power to the PANEL i

Example 2

PANEL i

for AUTOMOTIVE

DC24IN

I/O LINK

RS232C

CNC control unit

DC24IN

I/O LINK

Serial communication

AC input Power supply

unit

UPS (Uninterruptible power supply)

I/O Link

Another I/O device

DC24IN

I/O LINK

Power-on/off switch

Page 39: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 25 -

Example 3 When the power to the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE with I/O Link and the power to other I/O Link devices (including the CNC control unit) need to be turned on/off separately with different power ON/OFF switches, connect the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE with I/O Link at the end (farthest end when viewed from the CNC control unit) of a series of slave devices connected to the I/O Link line. (See the next page). In this example of connection, the power to the devices (including CNCs) other than the PANEL i can be turned on or off without turning off the power to the PANEL i. Even in this case, however, when the power to the PANEL i is turned on or off, the power to the other I/O link devices (including CNCs) needs to be turned on again.

Example of connection that

causes no error

PANEL i sidePower ON/OFF switch

Serial communication

AC input UPS

(Uninterruptible power supply)

Power supply unit 1

I/O Link cable

Power supply unit 2

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVEDC24IN I/O LINK(JD1B) I/O LINK(JD1A) RS232C

CNC control unitDC24IN I/O LINK(JD1A)

Other I/O device (1)DC24IN I/O LINK(JD1B) I/O LINK(JD1A)

CNC sidePower ON/OFF switch

AC input

Other I/O device (2)DC24IN I/O LINK(JD1B) I/O LINK(JD1A)

Page 40: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

2.SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 26 -

Example of connection that

causes an error If an I/O device is connected after the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE with I/O Link, an error can occur in the CNC control unit or an I/O Link connection is not made normally when the power to the CNC side is turned on or off without turning off the power to the PANEL i.

PANEL i side

Power ON/OFF switch

AC input

CNC sidePower ON/OFF switch

AC input

Other I/O device (2)DC24IN I/O LINK(JD1B) I/O LINK(JD1A)

Serial communication

UPS (Uninterruptiblepower supply)

Power supply unit 1

I/O Link cable

Power supply unit 2

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVEDC24IN I/O LINK(JD1B) I/O LINK(JD1A) RS232C

CNC control unitDC24IN I/O LINK(JD1A)

Other I/O device (1)DC24IN I/O LINK(JD1B) I/O LINK(JD1A)

Page 41: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 27 -

2.3.2 Power Supply When a power supply which satisfies the above specifications is prepared, the PANEL i and PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE can supply the following power to peripheral devices. Check the power supply current of each peripheral device you want to connect and use peripheral devices so as not to exceed the maximum current. PANEL i

Voltage Equipment Max. Current Key board, Mouse PCI extension board

IDE/ATAPI Max. 2000mA USB device Max. 500mA/port

+5V

PCMCIA card

4000mA in total

Max. 500mA PCI extension board +3.3V PCMCIA card

3000mA in total Max. 1000mA

+12V PCI extension board IDE/ATAPI

2500mA in total

-12V PCI extension board 150mA in total PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

Voltage Equipment Max. Current Mouse PCI extension board

USB device Max.500mA/port

+5V

PCMCIA card

1400mA in total

Max.500mA +3.3V PCI extension board

PCMCIA card 1000mA in total

+12V PCI extension board PCMCIA card

500mA in total

-12V PCI extension board 100mA in total

NOTE 1 Some peripheral devices are not suitable for

integration or use during machine operation because of their environmental properties. Check carefully the operator's manual of each peripheral device to be used.

2 If a USB device requires a larger current than the value specified for the PANEL i, a separate power supply is needed.

Page 42: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

2.SPECIFICATIONS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 28 -

2.3.3 Power Consumption

HDD type PANEL i

Series 150i /160i /180i /210i Series 300i /310i /320i Specification

Display unit With

Pentium III With Pentium M With Pentium III

With Pentium M

10.4” VGA 10.4” SVGA

Approx. 58W Approx. 61W Approx. 58W Approx. 61W

12.1” SVGA Approx. 67W ----- 15.0” XGA

Approx. 64WApprox. 78W

Approx. 64W Approx. 78W

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

With Pentium III : Approx. 60W With Pentium M : Approx. 78W

CF card type PANEL i

Series 150i /160i /180i /210i Series 300i /310i /320i Specification

Display unit With Pentium M

10.4” SVGA Approx. 56W Approx. 56W

12.1” SVGA Approx. 62W ----- 15.0” XGA Approx. 73W Approx. 73W

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

With Pentium M : Approx. 73W

Above operating includes the following devices. For HDD type PANEL i, HDD Unit, FAN for HDD, Keyboard, and Mouse. For CF card type PANEL i, CF card unit, Keyboard, and Mouse. Above operating does not include the following devices. FDD Unit, CD-ROM Drive, PCMCIA Card, PCI Extension

board, USB device, and Devices to connect by Serial or Parallel Interface, Additional IDE/ATAPI device.

NOTE Above power consumption is reference. If

peripherals are connected or PCI extended boards are mounted, the power consumption will increase. Also, please consider the cabinet design and the cooling method which is most suitable to the total power consumption.

Page 43: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 2.SPECIFICATIONS

- 29 -

2.4 SHUTDOWN OPERATION

CAUTION Be sure to finish the OS and the applications

through the proper operation of shutdown before turning the power off. Without the above-mentioned operation, there is no assurance of the following action. At worst, the hard disk drive and CF card may be damaged and may not be able to be recognized by the BIOS and OS.

To observe the above restrictions, a machine tool system using the PANEL i requires the following measures: (1) Use of an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) To circumvent the above restrictions when a power failure or

momentary power supply interruption occurs, it is advisable to use a UPS with a power disconnection output signal.

(2) Shutdown of the system using an application software product on the personal computer

It is advisable to shut down the system using the dedicated software product supplied with the UPS.

2.5 CNC SCREEN DISPLAY FUNCTION (ONLY FOR THE PANEL i FOR AUTOMOTIVE)

Expand and use CNC Screen Display Function for 10.4-inch. Use POP-UP menu for the operation. Be sure to install CNC Screen Display Function for the maintenance.

Page 44: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

3.MOUNTING CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 30 -

3 MOUNTING This unit is evaluated the UL conofrmity on the condition that it is installed on a flat surface of a UL Type 1 enclose. Chapter 3, "MOUNTING", consists of the following sections: 3.1 MOUNTING SPACE..................................................................31 3.2 HDD UNIT..................................................................................35 3.3 FRAME GROUNDING OF THE UNITS ..................................37 3.4 CABLE CLAMP AND SHIELD PROCESSING.......................38 3.5 DUSTPROOF MEASURES FOR CABINETS AND

PENDANT BOXES ....................................................................41

Page 45: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 3.MOUNTING

- 31 -

3.1 MOUNTING SPACE The following three spaces are required around the PANEL i and PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE. A: Space for connecting cables. B: If PCI extension board exists, this space B is required for cable

connection. The dimension X depends on cables connected to the PCI Extension board.

C: This space is required for airflow.

3.1.1 Installation Space of the 10.4" LCD Type Basic Unit

(Unit: mm)

125

C

A

X

40

70

B B

PCI extension

board

C

A70

CAUTION 1 Cable connecting area is necessary under this unit. 2 When the vertical MDI or the FA full keyboard is

assembled under the above display unit, the HDD unit cannot is assembled behind them. Please put the HDD unit on another place.

* With the 10.4" SVGA LCD (300i/310i/320i), the depth is not 125 mm but 135 mm.

Page 46: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

3.MOUNTING CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 32 -

3.1.2 Installation Space of the 12.1" LCD Type Basic Unit

C

A

X

0

40

125

B B

PCI extension

board

C

A

40

(Unit: mm)

NOTE Cable connecting area is necessary under this unit.

Page 47: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 3.MOUNTING

- 33 -

3.1.3 Installation Space of the 15.0" LCD Type Basic Unit

B

125

C

A

X

B

PCI extension

board

C

A

(Unit: mm)

NOTE Cable connecting area is necessary under this unit.

Page 48: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

3.MOUNTING CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 34 -

3.1.4 Installation Space of the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

(Unit: mm)

C

20

B

PCI extension board

AA

B X

C

160 0

NOTE Cable connecting area is necessary under this unit.

Page 49: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 3.MOUNTING

- 35 -

3.2 HDD UNIT The HDD unit is mounted on the backside of the MDI or the FA Full-Keyboard. (Except the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE) Obtain space for air circulation as shown in the figure below, and then obtain space for the cables used to connect the signals, power supply, and fan. Provide for heat dissipation from the HDD unit as well as the basic unit, because the HDD unit also generates heat.

3.2.1 FA Full Keyboard and an MDI Unit Other than QWERTY MDI

For the external dimensions of the unit, see Chapter 6 “Outline Drawings”. Unit: mm

2030

HDD unit FAN FA full keyboard or MDI 60

20

20

Page 50: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

3.MOUNTING CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 36 -

3.2.2 When the QWERTY MDI and 10.4" LCD Type Basic Unit Are Used

160

290

130

106

220

C

QWERTY MDI

10.4”LCD typeBasic unit

For the external dimensions of the unit, see Chapter 6 “Outline Drawings”. Unit: mm

3.2.3 QWERTY MDI Used in Cases Other than Combination

Subsection 3.2.2

160

290

60 205QWERTY MDI

145

C

For the external dimensions of the unit, see Chapter 6 “Outline Drawings”. Unit: mm

Page 51: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 3.MOUNTING

- 37 -

3.3 FRAME GROUNDING OF THE UNITS Connect every units (basic, FA full keyboard or MDI) to the grounding plate of the cabinet via grounding terminal.

3.3.1 PANEL i

Grounding cable 2mm2 or bigger

M4 stud

3.3.2 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

Grounding cable 2mm2 or bigger M4 stud

Page 52: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

3.MOUNTING CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 38 -

3.4 CABLE CLAMP AND SHIELD PROCESSING If a cable connected to the PANEL i requires shielding, clamp the cable as shown below. The clamp both supports and shields the cable. Use this clamp to ensure stable operation of the system. Partially peel out the sheath and expose the shield. Push and clamp by the plate metal fittings for clamp at the part. The ground plate must be made by the machine tool builder, and set as follows :

ƒP[ƒuƒ‹

Metal fittings for clamp

Ground plate

Cable

40 to

80

mm

Fig. 3.4 (a) Cable clamp (1)

NOTE 1 Select a cable with a proper length. 2 If the cable is too long, the noise immunity may be

reduced or noise may be caused on other cables. In addition, when the excess length is coiled, the inductance is increased and a high voltage is induced during turning on or off of signals. This may cause malfunction due to a failure or noise.

3 Bring together the cables connected to a CNC or amplifier near the unit and shield them.

Page 53: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 3.MOUNTING

- 39 -

Prepare ground plate like the following figure.

Mount screw hole

Hole for securing metal fitting clamp

Ground terminal(grounded)

Fig. 3.4 (b) Ground plate

For the ground plate, use a metal plate of 2 mm or thicker, which surface is plated with nickel.

12 mm

20 mm

8 mm

Ground plate

Fig. 3.4 (c) Ground plate holes

Page 54: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

3.MOUNTING CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 40 -

(Reference) Outer drawings of metal fittings for clamp.

17mm

28mm

6mm

Max. 55mm

Fig. 3.4 (d) Outer drawings of metal fittings for clamp

Ordering specification for metal fittings for clamp A02B-0124-K001 (8 pieces)

Page 55: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 3.MOUNTING

- 41 -

3.5 DUSTPROOF MEASURES FOR CABINETS AND PENDANT BOXES

The cabinet and pendant box that house a display and a operator's panel that are to be designed and manufactured by the machine tool builder are susceptible to dust, cutting debris, oil mist, etc. Note the following and make sure that they are structured to prevent their entry. (1) The cabinet and pendant box must be of a hermetically sealed

structure. (2) Apply packing to the panel mounting surface to which a display

and operator's panel are to be mounted. (3) Make sure that the door packing of the cabinet and pendant box

is sealed firmly. (4) For a cabinet or pendant box with a rear cover, apply packing to

the mounting surface. (5) Make sure that the cable entrance is sealed with packing,

connectors for conduits, etc. (6) Make sure that all other openings are blocked, if any. (7) Make sure that the display and operator's panel do not receive

cutting debris and coolant directly. (8) Oil can easily stay on the top of the cabinet and pendant box,

possibly dripping down the display and operator's panel. Make sure that the cabinet and pendant box is of such a structure that oil do not collect or that oil do not drip down the display or panel.

Page 56: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 42 -

4 CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL Chapter 4, "CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL", consists of the following sections: 4.1 CONNECTOR LOCATION ....................................................43 4.2 MAIN POWER SUPPLY INPUT............................................47 4.3 SERIAL PORT 1 ......................................................................48 4.4 SERIAL PORT 2 ......................................................................51 4.5 PARALLEL PORT...................................................................57 4.6 HIGH SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB)......................................59 4.7 KEYBOARD AND MOUSE ...................................................61 4.8 HARD DISK UNIT ..................................................................63 4.9 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE............................................................64 4.10 USB ..........................................................................................66 4.11 ETHERNET .............................................................................68 4.12 VIDEO PORT...........................................................................75 4.13 MDI (FOR Series 300i /310i /320i)..........................................77 4.14 CONVERSION OF VERTICAL SOFT KEYS AND I/O

LINK.........................................................................................80 4.15 SOFT KEY CODES (FOR Series 300i /310i /320i) ................84 4.16 KEY CODES ON THE PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE ...........85 4.17 PCMCIA CARD.......................................................................86 4.18 CF CARD UNIT.......................................................................87

Page 57: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 43 -

4.1 CONNECTOR LOCATION

4.1.1 PANEL i

CPD14

View from the back side

COP7 (150i/160i/180i/210i)COP21 (300i)

CD32L CD32U

CPD11B

JD9JD33 JD46

CA78A

CA78B

CD41L

CD41M

CA81B

CD34

CA81A

CPD11CCPE11C

CPD11A

CD38U

Main board PCI Back Panel PCB

Power supply PCB

JA63JA61

CD46L

Main board Connector

Number Connector

Name Function Reference

CA81A, B HDD1, HDD2 HDD signal (Primary, Secondary) 4.8 CD34 FDD FDD signal 4.9 CD38U ETHERNET Ethernet 4.11 JD33 232-1 Serial Port 1 4.3 JD46 232-2 Serial Port 2, USB port 4.4 JD9 CENTRO Parallel Port 4.5 JA61 MDI MDI (300i / 310i / 320i only) 4.13 JA63 CRT Video port 4.12 CD32L KEY BOARD Keyboard 4.7 CD32U MOUSE Mouse 4.7 CD41L,M CD46L

USB1,USB2 USB3

USB port (channel 1, 2, 3) (USB3 provided only for the 300i / 310i / 320i) 4.10

PCI Back Panel PCB

Connector Number

Connector Name Function Reference

COP7 or COP21 HSSB High Speed Serial Bus (HSSB) 4.6 CA78A, B PCI SLOT1、2 PCI extension slot 5

Page 58: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 44 -

Power Supply PCB Connector

Number Connector

Name Function Reference

CPD14 + 24V INPUT Main Power Input 4.2 CPD11A FDD PWR FDD Power Output 4.9 CPD11B HDD PWR 1 HDD 1 Power Output 4.8 CPD11C HDD PWR 2 HDD 2 Power Output 4.8 CPE11C HDD FAN FAN for HDD 4.8

Page 59: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 45 -

4.1.2 PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

CPE11C

Power Supply PCB

CD46L

CPD14

View from the back side

CD32L CD32U

CPD11B

JD9JD33 JD46

CA78A

CA78B

CD41L

CD41M CA81B

CD34 CA81A

CPD11C

CPD11A

CD38U

Main board PCI Back Panel PCB

Floppy Disk Drive and CD-ROM Drive Unit

Hard Disk Drive Unit

JD1B JD1A I/O Link adapter PCB(Option)

COP7 (for 150i/160i/180i/210i) COP21 (for 300i)

Main board

Connector

Number Connector

Name Function Reference

CA81A HDD1 HDD signal - CA81B HDD2 CD-ROM Drive signal - CD34 FDD FDD signal - CD38U ETHERNET Ethernet 4.11. JD33 232-1 Serial Port1 4.3. JD46 232-2 Serial Port 2, USB port 4.4. JD9 CENTRO Parallel Port 4.5.

CD32L KEY BOARD Keyboard (This connector can not be used, because this connector is used on this unit

CD32U MOUSE Mouse 4.7. CD41L, M CD46L

USB1, USB2 USB3

USB port (channel 1, 2, 3) (USB2 and USB3 are located in front.)

4.10.

PCI Back Panel PCB

Connector Number

Connector Name Function Reference

COP7 or COP21 HSSB High Speed Serial Bus (HSSB) 4.6. CA78A, B PCI SLOT1, 2 PCI extension slot 5.

Page 60: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 46 -

Power Supply PCB Connector

Number Connector

Name Function Reference

CPD14 +24V INPUT Main Power Input 4.2. CPD11A FDD PWR FDD Power Output - CPD11B HDD PWR 1 HDD Power Output - CPD11C HDD PWR 2 HDD Power Output - CPE11C HDD FAN FAN for HDD -

I/O Link adapter PCB (Option) Connector

Number Connector

Name Function Reference

JD1A I/O link I/O Link (connect to master device) 4.14. JD1B I/O link I/O Link (connect to slave device) 4.14.

Page 61: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 47 -

4.2 MAIN POWER SUPPLY INPUT

A1 +24V B1 +24VA2 0V B2 0V A3 B3

CPD14

PANEL i

Cable connection

+24V +24V

0V 0V

A1

A2

B1

B2

+24V

0V

Cable conductor Use wire of AWG#16 (1.3mm2) or thicker.

Recommended contact and housing for cable Contact Housing Manufacture

1-175218-5 (single) 1-175196-5 (connection)

2-178127-6 Tyco Electronics AMP

Recommended connector for cable

A08B-0084-K050 (housing + contact 6pcs)

NOTE Wire this cable separately from the other cables

connected to the PANEL i.

Page 62: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 48 -

4.3 SERIAL PORT 1

1 RD 11 SD 2 0V 12 0V 3 DR 13 ER 4 0V 14 0V 5 CS 15 RS 6 (Reserve) 16 (Reserve) 7 CD 17 (Reserve) 8 (Reserve) 18 (Reserve)

9 RI 19 (+24V) 10 (+24V) 20 (Reserve) ( ): Used with FANUC I/O

device.

1 FG 2 SD 3 RD 4 RS 5 CS 6 DR 7 SG 8 CD 9 10 11 12 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 ER 21 22 RI 23 24 25

PANEL i Relay connector

JD33 (PCR-EV20MDT) (DSUB-25)

NOTE 1 The figure shows a sample relay connector

interface. Design the cable to suit the interface of the actual device to be connected.

2 The +24V pins of the interface for the PANEL i shown above can be used only with the FANUC I/O unit (such as FANUC CASSETTE and FANUC Handy File). Do not use these pins for other purposes. Also, do not attempt to simultaneously connect two or more FANUC I/O units to one the PANEL i.

If two or more I/O units are connected simultaneously, the power supply capacity of the +24 V pins may be exceeded.

Page 63: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 49 -

Cable connection

Relay connector

DSUB-25

RD

0V

DR

0V

CS

CD

RI

SD

0V

ER

0V

RS

+24V

+24V

Shield

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

10

19

20

RD

DR

CS

CD

RI

SD

ER

SG

RS

+24V

FG

JD33

3

6

5

8

22

2

20

7

4

25

1

GND

Recommended cable conductor A66L-0001-0284#10P : 10 pairs of 0.08 mm2 wires

Page 64: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 50 -

Recommended punch panel A02B-0236-C191(1m), A02B-0236-C192(2m), A02B-0236-C193(5m)

CAUTION CNC punch panels (A02B-0120-C191 to

A02B-0120-C193, etc.) other than the panels indicated above cannot be used with this interface. Use of such an incorrect punch panel can lead to a serious problem, e.g., incapability of starting the system.

Recommended connector and housing for cable (JD33 side)

Connector Housing Manufacture PCR-E20FA PCR-V20LA/PCS-E20LA Honda Tsushin Kogyo FI30-20S FI-20-CV2/FI-20-CV7 Hirose Electric FCN-247J020-G/E FCN-240C020-Y/S Fujitsu 52622-2011 52624-2015 Molex Japan

Page 65: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 51 -

4.4 SERIAL PORT 2

1 RD 11 SD 2 0V 12 USB1_0V 3 DR 13 ER 4 0V 14 USB2_0V 5 CS 15 RS 6 USB1+ 16 USB2+ 7 CD 17 USB2- 8 USB1- 18 USB2_5V 9 RI 19 (+24V) 10 (+24V) 20 USB1_5V ( ): Used with FANUC I/O device.

1 CD 2 RD 3 SD 4 ER 5 SG

6 DR 7 RS 8 CS 9 RI

USB port 1 1 USB1_5V 2 USB1- 3 USB1+ 4 USB1_0V

USB port 2 1 USB2_5V 2 USB2- 3 USB2+ 4 USB2_0V

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

Punch panel for USB port

JD46 (PCR-EV20MDT) (DSUB-9)

* Leave the pins marked (Reserve) open.

PANEL i Relay connector

NOTE 1 Do not connect the (Reserve) pins. 2 Note that serial port 2 consists of a serial interface

and USB interface (port 1 and port 2).

Page 66: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 52 -

NOTE 3 The figure shows a sample relay connector

interface and USB. Design the cable to suit the interface of the actual device to be connected.

4 The +24V pins of the interface for PANEL i shown above can be used only with the FANUC I/O unit (such as FANUC CASSETTE and FANUC Handy File). Do not use these pins for other purposes. Also, do not attempt to simultaneously connect two or more FANUC I/O units to one PANEL i.

If two or more I/O units are connected simultaneously, the power supply capacity of the +24 V pins may be exceeded.

5 Commercial USB devices cannot be guaranteed its proper work with PANEL i. Careful checking by the customer will be required. And please be aware that those devices in the market are not almost considered about waterproof and dustproof.

6 Signals for USB 1 and 2 are short-circuited with signals for USB 1 and 2 in Section 4.10. When one of these connector is used, the other connector cannot be used.

7 The maximum current supplied from the +5V power supply of each USB port is 500 mA/port. For the maximum total currents supplied from the +5V power supply to all peripheral devices including the PCI extension board and PCMCIA card, see Subsection 2.3.2, "Power Supply".

Page 67: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 53 -

Cable connection - When an RS-232C connector is used

2

6

5

8

1

9

3

4

7

RD

0V

DR

0V

CS

CD

RI

+24V

SD

ER

RS

+24VShield

1

2

3

4

5

7

9

10

11

13

15

19

RD

DR

SG

CS

CD

RI

SD

ER

RS

JD46 Relay connector

DSUB-9

Page 68: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 54 -

- When a USB port is used

1

2

3

4

USB1_5V

USB1-

USB1+

USB1_0V

Shield

20

8

6

12

USB1_5V

USB1-

USB1+

USB1_0V

JD46 Punch panel for

USB port

1

2

3

4

USB2_5V

USB2-

USB2+

USB2_0V

Shield

18

17

16

14

USB2_5V

USB2-

USB2+

USB2_0V

JD46 Punch panel for

USB port

Page 69: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 55 -

- When an RS-232C connector and USB port are used

RD

0V

DR

CS

CD

RI

0V

SD

ER

RS

USB1_5V

USB1-

USB1+

USB1_0V

USB2_5V

USB2-

USB2+

USB2_0V

Punch panel side

JD46

Shield

1

2

3

5

7

9

4

11

13

15

20

8

6

12

18

17

16

14

RD

0V

DR

CS

CD

RI

0V

SD

ER

RS

USB1_5V

USB1-

USB1+

USB1_0V

USB2_5V

USB2-

USB2+

USB2_0V

JD46

1

2

3

5

7

9

4

11

13

15

20

8

6

12

18

17

16

14

Page 70: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 56 -

Recommended cable specifications For RS-232C signals : A66L-0001-0284#10P (0.08 mm2, 10 pairs) For USB ports : Use dedicated cables. For RS-232C signals and USB ports : A66L-0001-0285#25P AWG28 25 pairs

Recommended punch panel For RS-232C signals : A02B-0236-C191(1m), A02B-0236-C192(2m), A02B-0236-C193(5m)

CAUTION CNC punch panels (A02B-0120-C191 to

A02B-0120-C193, etc.) other than the panels indicated above cannot be used with this interface. Use of such an incorrect punch panel can lead to a serious problem, e.g., incapability of starting the system.

Punch panel for RS232-C, USB, parallel port : A08B-0082-C200 Cable for punch panel (A08B-0082-C200) (RS232-C, USB) :

A08B-0082-K810 Cable for punch panel (A08B-0082-C200) (parallel port) :

A08B-0082-K811 Cable for punch panel (A08B-0082-C200) (keyboard, mouse) :

A08B-0082-K812

Recommended connector and housing for cable (JD46 side) When the A66L-0001-0284#10P is used:

Connector Housing Manufacture PCR-E20FA PCR-V20LA/PCS-E20LA Honda Tsushin Kogyo FI30-20S FI-20-CV2/FI-20-CV7 Hirose Electric FCN-247J020-G/E FCN-240C020-Y/S Fujitsu 52622-2011 52624-2015 Molex Japan

When the A66L-0001-0285#25P is used:

Connector Housing Manufacture FI40B-20S FI-20-CV5 Hirose Electric

NOTE When the specification of the cable (RS232-C,

USB) used for the punch panel (A08B-0082-C200) is A08B-0082-K810, the cable on the USB device side must not be longer than 1 m.

Page 71: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 57 -

4.5 PARALLEL PORT

PANEL i

1 STD0 11 *STB 2 STD1 12 0V 3 STD2 13 *AFD 4 STD3 14 0V 5 STD4 15 *INIT 6 STD5 16 0V 7 STD6 17 *SLIN 8 STD7 18 *ACK 9 PE 19 *ERROR 10 SLCT 20 BUSY

1 *STB 19 0V 2 STD0 20 0V 3 STD1 21 0V 4 STD2 22 0V 5 STD3 23 0V 6 STD4 24 0V 7 STD5 25 0V 8 STD6 26 0V 9 STD7 27 0V 10 *ACK 28 0V 11 BUSY 29 0V 12 PE 30 0V 13 SLCT 31 *INIT 14 *AFD 32 *ERROR 15 33 0V 16 0V 34 17 FG 35 18 36 *SLIN

JD9 (PCR-EV20MDT)

(Example) Printer

NOTE 1 The figure shows a sample printer interface. Design

the cable to suit the interface of the actual device to be connected.

2 Some kinds of Printers and other devices may not work properly with the PANEL i, so careful checking by the customer will be required. And please be aware that I/O devices in the market are not almost considered about waterproof and dust-proof.

Recommended cable specifications

A66L-0001-0285#25P AWG28 25 pairs

Recommended connector and housing for cable (JD9 side) Connector Housing Manufacture

FI40B-20S FI-20-CV5 Hirose Electric

Page 72: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 58 -

Cable connection

STD0

0V

STD1

STD2

STD3

STD4

STD5

STD6

0V

STD7

PE

SLCT

*STB

*AFD

*INIT

0V

*SLIN

*ACK

*ERROR

BUSY

Shield

1

12

2

3

4

5

6

7

14

8

9

10

11

13

15

16

17

18

19

20

STD0

0V

STD1

0V

STD2

0V

STD3

0V

STD4

0V

STD5

0V

STD6

0V

STD7

0V

PE

0V

SLCT

0V

*STB

0V

*AFD

0V

*INIT

0V

*SLIN

0V

*ACK

*ERROR

BUSY

FG

JD9

2

16

3

19

4

20

5

21

6

22

7

23

8

24

9

25

12

26

13

27

1

28

14

29

31

30

36

33

10

32

11

17

(Example) Printer

GND

Page 73: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 59 -

4.6 HIGH SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB)

PANEL i PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

HSSB interface board (CNC side)

Optical fiber cable COP7 (for 150i/160i/180i/210i) COP21 (for 300i)

COP7 (for 150i/160i/180i/210i) COP21 (for 300i)

RECOMMENDED CABLE(Optical Fiber Cable)

PANEL i for

150i/160i/180i/210i PANEL i for 300i/310i/320i

Name Specification Maximum transmission distance

Maximum transmission distance

Remarks

Cable for extension

A66L-6001 -0023#L~

Not applicable 10 m

Cable for office line

A66L-6001 -0026#L~

100 m 50 m

Low-loss cable for office line

A66L-6001 -0029#L~

55 m (Sum of two lines)

35 m (Sum of two lines)

Dedicated to relaying

High-speed low-loss cable for office line

A66L-6001 -0049#L~

Not applicable

100 m (The sum of the lengths of two lines must not exceed

55 m in the case of relaying.)

NOTE In the case of relaying, observe the following:

- Use a low-loss optical relay adaptor (A63L-0020-0004).

- Ensure that only one relay point is used. - Use two cables of the same type. - Ensure that the sum of the lengths of two lines

does not exceed the length data indicated above.

Page 74: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 60 -

Drawing number and length of each cable A66L-6001 -0023#L~

A66L-6001 -0026#L~

A66L-6001 -0029#L~

A66L-6001 -0049#L~

# followed by

Cable length

# followed by

Cable length # followed by Cable

length # followed

by Cable length

L1R003 1m L1R003 1m L1R003 1m L25R03 25m L2R003 2m L3R003 3m L3R003 3m L30R03 30m L3R003 3m L5R003 5m L5R003 5m L70R03 70m L5R003 5m L7R003 7m L7R003 7m L100R3 100m L10R03 10m L10R03 10m L10R03 10m

L15R03 15m L15R03 15m L20R03 20m L20R03 20m L30R03 30m L30R03 30m L40R03 40m L40R03 40m L50R03 50m L50R03 50m L100R3 100m

For HSSB, optical fiber cables, and relay adapters, also refer to the relevant CNC connection manual and the following technical report.

Name Specificationnumber

FANUC HIGH SPEED SERIAL BUS TYPE 2 CONNECTING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A-73527E

FANUC HIGH SPEED SERIAL BUS FOR 30i SERIES CONNECTING AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL

A-85114E

CAUTION

1 Optical fiber cable used for FANUC I/O Link, for FSSB inside wiring and for Serial Spindle can not be used.

2 Optical fiber cable can not be cut or joined by customer. Use one of above cables.

Page 75: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 61 -

4.7 KEYBOARD AND MOUSE

PANEL i

CD32L (mini DIN6)

6 5 KEYCLK

4 +5V 3 0V

2 1 KEYDATA KB

MS 6 5 MSCLK

4 +5V 3 0V

2 1 MSDATA

Mouse (commercial model)

Full keyboard (commercial model)

Alternatively, FA full keyboard

Mouse (commercial model)

NOTE 1 Commercial full keyboards are prone to

compatibility problems with personal computers to some degree. It is not guaranteed that a personal computer can operate with every commercial full keyboard. Machine tool builders are requested to check the operability of the full keyboards they select. Keep in mind that general commercial full keyboards are neither dust-proof nor moisture-resistant.

2 The keyboard port cannot be used for the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE.

Recommended mouse

A86L-0001-0212 : Standard PS/2 mouse (commercial model) for development and

maintenance use only

Page 76: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 62 -

Recommended full keyboard A86L-0001-0210 : 101 type (commercial model) Only for

application development or maintenance A86L-0001-0211 : 106 type (commercial model) Only for

application development or maintenance A02B-0236-C131#JC : FA Full Keyboard (Japanese) for 10.4" LCD

type A02B-0236-C131#EC : FA Full Keyboard (English) for 10.4" LCD

type A02B-0236-C132#JC : FA Full Keyboard (Japanese) for 12.1" LCD

type A02B-0236-C132#EC : FA Full Keyboard (English) for 12.1" LCD

type A08B-0082-C150#JC : FA Full Keyboard (Japanese) for 15.0" LCD

type A08B-0082-C150#EC : FA Full Keyboard (English) for 15.0" LCD

type

Page 77: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 63 -

4.8 HARD DISK UNIT

Cable Connection Connect HDD signal cable to CA81A. Connect HDD power cable to CPD11B. Connect FAN cable to CPE11C. Connect the above cables. These cables are factory-connected to the hard disk unit.

Cable Length HDD power cable : 40cm Recommended cable drawing : A660-4004-T134 HDD signal cable : 30cm Recommended cable drawing : A66L-4040-0032 HDD FAN cable : 65cm

Show from behind

CA81A

CPE11C

CPD11B

PANEL i main board

HDD unit

HDD power cable

HDD signal cable

HDD FAN cable

HDD power supply

Fan for HDD

CPD11B

CPE11C

Show from side

CAUTION 1 Connect the HDD signal cable with extra slack. 2 Use a dedicated HDD unit and cables. HDD units and cables for other devices cannot be

used.

Page 78: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 64 -

4.9 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE

Recommended floppy disk drive Drive unit (separate type): A08B-0084-K001 Panel-mounted type: A02B-0207-C009 When a conventional FDD unit is used, a setting on the master printed circuit board must be changed. (Make TM1 open.)

CA81B (HDD2)

CA81A (HDD)

CD34 (FDD) TM1

Recommended cable A02B-0207-K801 (FDD power and signal lines: 1m)

Cable connection Connect FDD signal cable to CD34. Connect FDD power cable to CPD11A. Connect these cables.

Show from behind

CD34 CPD11A

PANEL i main board

FDD unit

FDD power cable

FDD signal cable

TM1

FDD power supply CPD11A

Show from side

Page 79: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 65 -

Recommended mode of floppy disk connection

Connection diagram of drive A and drive B

Use environment In the case where this unit is installed and used on the machine at all times, pay special attention to the following: (a) Dust None of the sides of the unit, except the front door, are covered

by plates. So, install the unit in a sealed cabinet. When the front door is open, dust gets into the floppy disk unit and cabinet through the disk slot. So, when the unit is used in an environment exposed to much dust, more floppy disk failures can occur.

(b) Temperature +5°C to +45°C (operating) The ambient temperature requirement for this unit is severe

because of the requirement for the floppy disk itself. So, pay special attention to the cooling method.

Note, however, that direct blowing from a cooling fan is not recommended, because dust can build up.

Notes on use

Never turn off the power while a floppy disk is inserted. Never turn off the power particularly when the floppy disk is being accessed (when the LED is turned on). Ensure that end users also pay attention to this requirement.

Floppy disk drive A

Floppy disk drive B To PANEL i

main board (CD34)

FDD signal cable

FDD power cable

FDD signal cable

PANEL i power supply PC board (CPD11A)

To PANEL i power supply PC board (CPD11B or CPD11C)

Page 80: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 66 -

4.10 USB

USB port 2 USB port 3

USB port 3

JD41L 1 USB1_5V 2 USB1- 3 USB1+ 4 USB1_0V

JD41M 1 USB2_5V 2 USB2- 3 USB2+ 4 USB2_0V

CD46L 1 USB2_5V 2 USB2- 3 USB2+ 4 USB2_0V

USB port 1

USB port 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

USB port 3

1 2 3 4

USB port 1 is located on the back. USB port 2 is located on the back of the PANEL i or on the front of the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE. USB port 3 is located on the front. (Only on the PANEL i and PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE for the 300i/310i/320i)

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

PANEL i for 300i

Page 81: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 67 -

NOTE 1 Commercially available USB devices are prone to

compatibility problems with personal computers to some degree. It is not guaranteed that every commercially available USB device can operate properly with personal computers. Machine tool builders are requested to check the operability of the USB devices they select. Keep in mind that commercially available USB devices are generally neither dust-proof nor moisture-resistant.

2 The maximum supply current from each USB port is 500 mA/port.

For the maximum total currents supplied to all peripheral devices including the PCI extension board, PCMCIA card, and mouse, see Subsection 2.3.2, "Power Supply".

3 When the PANEL i based on Pentium III is used, the signals of USB port 1 and port 2 are connected to serial port 2 described in Section 4.4. When one port is used, the other port cannot be used. When the PANEL i based on Pentium M is used, the signals of USB port 1 and port 2 are not connected to serial port 2, so that both ports can be used at the same time.

Page 82: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 68 -

4.11 ETHERNET CAUTION

Before attaching or detaching cables, turn off the power to the PANEL i, and ensure that the power is off.

Please inquire of each manufacturer about the construction of network or the condition of using the equipment except the CNC unit (media converter, hub, transceiver, cable etc.). When configuring your network, you must take other sources of electrical noise into consideration to prevent your network from being influenced by electrical noise. Make sure that network wiring is sufficiently separated from power lines and other sources of electrical noise such as motors, and ground each of the devices as necessary. Also, a high and insufficient ground impedance may cause interference during communications. After installing the machine, conduct a communications test before you actually start operating the machine.

We cannot ensure operation that is influenced by network trouble caused by a device other than the CNC unit.

4.11.1 Connecting to Ethernet

Connection to the Ethernet Interface The 10BASE-T and 100BASE-TX interfaces are available. A hub (line concentrator) is used to connect the CNC unit to a system. A typical connection example is shown below.

PANEL i Twisted pair cable

HUB

Max. 100m Shield

Some devices (hub, transceiver, etc.) that are needed for building a network do not come in a dust-proof construction. Using such devices in an atmosphere where they are subjected to dust or oil mist will interfere with communications or damage these devices. Be sure to install such devices in a dust-proof cabinet.

Page 83: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 69 -

Leading out the Ethernet cable

The Ethernet cable must be fastened by a cable clamp to prevent tension being applied to the modular connector (RJ-45) that connects the cable to the control unit even if the Ethernet cable is pulled directly. This clamp is also used to ground the cable shield. This clamp is also used to ground the cable shield, and clamping must always be performed because it is essential to stable operation of the system. See Section 3.4, “CABLE CLAMP AND SHIELD PROCESSING” for details of clamps.

PANEL i

Ethernet cable

Clamp

Ground plate

10BASE-T/100BASE-TX Connector (CD38U) pin assignments CD38U

Pin No. Signal name Description 1 TX+ Send + 2 TX- Send - 3 RX+ Receive + 4 Not used 5 Not used 6 RX- Receive - 7 Not used 8 Not used

Page 84: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 70 -

4.11.2 Twisted-Pair Cable Specification

Cable Connection The cable used for connection between the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX interface CD38U and the hub is connected as follows:

CD38U

1 TX+

2 TX-

3 RX+

4

5

6 RX-

7

8

RJ-45

modular connector

Max. 100m

HUB

1 TX+

2 TX-

3 RX+

4

5

6 RX-

7

8

TX+

TX-

RX+

RX-

1

2

3

6

Shield

CD38U

TX+

TX-

RX+

RX-

1

2

3

6

NOTE 1 The cable can be up to 100 m long (for the

FANUC- recommended cable for movable sections, up to 50 m). Do not make the cable longer than necessary.

2 There are two types of commercially available cables: straight-connection and cross-connection types. Select an appropriate cable according to the purpose.

Cable Materials

Many cables without a shield (UTP cables) are commercially available as twisted pair cables conforming to 10BASE-T or 100BASE-TX. To improve noise immunity in factory automation environments, however, be sure to use twisted pair cables (STP cables) with a common shield in category 5.

Page 85: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 71 -

Recommended cables (for fixed parts) Manufacturer Specification Remark

Furukawa Electric Co., Ltd. DTS5087C-4P Twisted wires Nissei Electric Co., Ltd. F-4PFWMF Single-wire cable

Inquiries

Manufacturer Contact address Remark Furukawa Electric Co., Ltd. Sales Headquarters

2-6-1 Marunouchi, Chiyoda-ku. Tokyo 100-8322 TEL: 03-3286-3126 FAX: 03-3286-3979

Nissei Electric Co., Ltd. Machida Branch

3F MU Bldg., 1-9-1 Minami-narise, Machida City, Tokyo 194-0045 TEL: 0427-29-2531 FAX: 0427-29-3375

Overseas Sales Office

IWATANI International Corporation-Tokyo Head Office 21-8 NISHI-SHINBASHI 3-CHOME, MINATO-KU, TOKYO, 105-8458, JAPAN TEL: 03-5405-5810 FAX: 03-5405-5666 Telex: 2524256 IWATYO J

NOTE These recommended cables for fixed parts must

not be used for movable sections. Be sure to use the following recommended cables for movable sections.

Recommended cable (for movable sections)

Manufacturer Specification Remark Oki Electric Cable AWG26 4P TPMC-C5-F(SB) Dedicated to FANUC

products Cable specification (FANUC original product, with no connector) Drawing number: A66L-0001-0453 Manufacturer: Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

Specification • Electrical characteristic: Complying with EIA/TIA 568A categories 3

and 5 The length of the cable to the hub must be kept

within 50 m because of its attenuation performance.

• Structure : Common-shield braided cable with drain wire The conductors of the cable are AWG26

annealed-copper strand wire, with a sheath 0.8 mm thick and an outer diameter of 6.7±0.3 mm

• Fire resistance : UL1581 VW-1 • Oil resistance : As per FANUC's internal standard (Equivalent

to conventional oil-resistant electrical cable) • Flex resistance : Million or more bending cycles with a bending

radius of 50 mm (U-shaped bend test) • UL style No. : AWM20276 (80°C/30V/VW-1)

Page 86: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 72 -

NOTE Use the TM21CP-88P(03) connector made by

Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. to this cable. About cable assemblies Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd. can offer a cable assembly that uses

the TM21CP-88P(03) connector made by Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. To get this cable assembly, negotiate directly with the manufacturer on its specifications (cable length, shipping test, package, etc.). Manufacturer: Oki Electric Cable Co., Ltd.

Connector specification

An 8-pin modular connector called the RJ-45 is used with a twisted-pair cable for Ethernet interfaces. Use the connector listed below or equivalent.

Specification Manufacturer RemarkConnector used with cable AWG26 4P TPMC-C5-F(SB) TM21CP-88P(03) Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. (*)

NOTE About TM21CP-88P(03) Connector (manufacturer's standard product) Drawing number: A63L-0001-0823#P Manufacturer: Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. Manufacturer's model number: TM21CP-88P(03) Complying with EIA/TIA 568A categories 3 and 5 Ask Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. for explanations about

how to attach the connector to a cable. (Hirose Electric Co., Ltd. offers the TM21CP-88P(03) Wiring Procedure Specification (Engineering Specification No. ATAD-E2367) to explain the related technical information.)

Page 87: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 73 -

4.11.3 Electrical Noise Countermeasures

Separating signal lines Ethernet cable wires belong to group C. See descriptions elsewhere for explanations about how to separate them from wires in group A or B.

Group Signal line Action Primary AC power line Secondary AC power line AC/DC power lines (containing the power lines for the servo and spindle motors)AC/DC solenoid

A

AC/DC relay

Bind the cables in group A separately (Note 1) from groups B and C, or cover group A with an electromagnetic shield (Note 2). Connect spark killers or diodes with the solenoid and relay.

DC solenoid (24VDC) DC relay (24VDC) DI/DO cable between the I/O unit and power magnetics cabinet DI/DO cable between the I/O unit and machine

B

24-VDC input power cables connected to the control unit and its peripherals

Connect diodes with DC solenoid and relay. Bind the cables in group B separately from group A, or cover group B with an electromagnetic shield. Separate group B as far from Group C as possible. It is more desirable to cover group B with the shield.

Cable between the CNC and I/O Unit Cable for position and velocity feedback Cable between the CNC and spindle amplifier Cable for the position coder Cable for the manual pulse generator Cable between the CNC and the MDI (Note 3) RS-232C and RS-422 interface cable Cable for the battery

C

Other cables to be covered with the shield

Bind the cables in group C separately from group A, or cover group C with an electromagnetic shield. Separate group C as far from Group B as possible. Be sure to perform cable clamp and shield processing in Section 3.4.

NOTE 1 The groups must be 10 cm or more apart from one

another when binding the cables in each group. 2 The electromagnetic shield refers to shielding

between groups with grounded steel plates. 3 The shield is not required when the cable between

the CNC and MDI is shorter than 30 cm.

Page 88: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 74 -

4.11.4 Grounding the Network Even if the grounding condition on the machine side is satisfied, the communication line can pick up noise from the machine, depending on the machine installation condition and environment, thus resulting in a communication error. To protect against such noise, the machine should be separated and insulated from the Ethernet trunk cable and personal computer. Examples of connection are given below.

[Large-scale network]

[Small-scale network]

Note 1

PC and backbone cable side

Hub power supply HUB

Electrically separated by 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX cable connection

Machine system

STP cable STP cable

Machine Machine Machine

Note 1 Note 1 Note 1

Personal computer

Note 1

Note 1

Machine

STP cable

Hub power supply HUB

PC and backbone cable side

Machine system

Electrically separated by 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX cable connection

Personal computer

NOTE 1 Ground the PC and backbone cable separately from the machine system. If this is impossible because there is only one grounding point, use separate

grounding wires for the PC/backbone cable and the machine system up to the grounding point.

The grounding resistance must not be higher than 100 Ω (class 3 grounding). The grounding wire must not be thinner than the AC power line conductor, and its

cross-sectional area must not smaller than 5.5 mm2. 2 There is possibility that noise makes the obstacle of communication even if the

ground is separated using the 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX. In the case of using the FAST Ethernet board under the worst environment, please separate between the PC/Trunk line side and machine system side completely using the optical fiber media.

Page 89: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 75 -

4.12 VIDEO PORT

PANEL i

1 RED 2 GREEN3 BLUE 4 (PU_1)5 0V

6 0V 7 0V 8 0V 9 (+5V) 10 0V

11 (SENCE) 12 (DDA) 13 HS 14 VS 15 (DCK)

1 RED 11 (PU_1) 2 0V 12 VS 3 GREEN 13 0V 4 0V 14 0V 5 BLUE 15 (+5V) 6 0V 16 0V 7 0V 17 (+5V) 8 (DDA) 18 HS 9 0V 19 (SENCE) 10 (DCK) 20 0V

JA63 (PCR-EV20MDT)

(Example) Monitor

(Dsub-15)

Cable connection

RED

0V

GREEN

0V

BLUE

0V

HS

0V

VS

0V

RED

0V

GREEN

0V

BLUE

0V

HS

0V

VS

0V

1

2

3

4

5

6

18

16

12

14

Shield

JA63 (Example) Monitor

1

5

2

6

3

7

13

8

14

10

Specification of the recommended cable conductor A66L-0001-0371 : Coaxial 5 conductors (when the signals in

parentheses in the above figure need not be connected)

Recommended connector and housing for cable (JA63 side)

Connector Housing Manufacture FI40B-20S FI-20-CV5/6 Hirose Electric

Page 90: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 76 -

Notes (1) When the PANEL i based on Pentium III is used, no particular

setting for using this port is required with PANEL i. When the PANEL i based on Pentium M is used, the setting of

the graphic driver needs to be modified as described below for display by Windows through the CRT I/F. (In the case of the BIOS level, however, an indication that no setting is needed is provided.) <1> Double-click the "Intel® extreme graphics 2 for mobile"

icon on the task bar. <2> Select "Graphic options" - "Graphic properties…". <3> Check "Intel® Dual Display Clone" on the left side of the

"Intel® 82852/82855 GM / GME Graphic Controller Properties" screen then click "OK".

(2) When an external monitor is connected to this port directly, the maximum cable length is 2 m if the above recommended cable is used.

To extend the cable beyond the maximum cable length, use a commercially available video extender. (Example: CAT5 KVM Extender manufactured by BLACK BOX)

In this case, the cable between the PANEL i and video extender should be as short as possible.

(3) The specifications for selecting a video extender are as follows: Interface: Analog RGB Resolution: XGA (1024 × 768 dots) Vertical refresh rate: 60Hz (4) When an external monitor is connected, the video quality varies

significantly depending on the performance and power supply status of the external monitor, cable quality, noise environment, and so on. Sufficient checking should be made in the environment in which the monitor is actually used.

(5) The power to the external monitor and video extender must be supplied from other than the PANEL i.

(6) The above figure shows a sample interface on the monitor side. Design the cable according to the interfaces of the external monitor and video extender actually connected.

(7) The display on the monitor has the same resolution as that of the display on the LCD.

Page 91: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 77 -

4.13 MDI (FOR Series 300i /310i /320i)

PANEL i

JA61 (PCR-EV20MDT)

MDI

CK1 (PCR-E20MDK-SL-A)

1 *KEY00 11 *KEY01

2 *KEY02 12 *KEY03

3 *KEY04 13 *KEY05

4 *KEY06 14 *KEY07

5 *COM00 15 *COM01

6 *COM02 16 *COM03

7 *COM04 17 *COM05

8 *COM06 18 *COM07

9 *COM08 19 *COM09

10 *COM10 20 *COM11

1 *KEY00 11 *KEY01

2 *KEY02 12 *KEY03

3 *KEY04 13 *KEY05

4 *KEY06 14 *KEY07

5 *COM00 15 *COM01

6 *COM02 16 *COM03

7 *COM04 17 *COM05

8 *COM06 18 *COM07

9 *COM08 19 *COM09

10 *COM10 20 *COM11

Page 92: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 78 -

MDI connection to CNC In case of 300i / 310i / 320i, the soft key is connected internally and MDI signals are connected to CNC via HSSB.

Stand-alone type 300i / 310i / 320i

MDI

HSSB optical fiber cable

Stand-alone type 150i / 160i / 180i / 210i

MDI

MDI cable Soft key cable

Soft key

MDI cable

Soft key

300i / 310i / 320i 150i / 160i / 180i / 210i

NOTE 1 The MDI unit cannot be used for BIOS setup of the

PANEL i. For BIOS setup, a separate keyboard connected to the keyboard connector (CD32L) or USB connector is needed.

2 Data input through the MDI unit is sent via HSSB to the CNC for processing. So, before data input from the MDI unit can be input to the PANEL i, the following must be satisfied: - A connection between the CNC and HSSB is

established. - The operating system is loaded and the MDI

driver is operating on the PANEL i.

Page 93: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 79 -

Cable connection

*KEY00

*KEY02

*KEY04

*KEY06

*COM00

*COM02

*COM04

*COM06

*COM08

*COM10

*KEY01

*KEY03

*KEY05

*KEY07

*COM01

*COM03

*COM05

*COM07

*COM09

*COM11

Shield

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

*KEY00

*KEY02 *KEY04

*KEY06

*COM00

*COM02

*COM04

*COM06

*COM08

*COM10

*KEY01

*KEY03

*KEY05

*KEY07

*COM01

*COM03

*COM05

*COM07

*COM09 *COM11

JD61

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

(Example) MDI

Specification of the recommended cable conductor A66L-0001-0284#10P : 0.08mm2 × 10 pairs

Recommended connector and housing for cable Connector Housing Manufacture

PCR-E20FA PCR-V20LA/PCS-E20LA Honda Tsushin Kogyo FI30-20S FI-20-CV2/FI-20-CV7 Hirose Electric FCN-247J020-G/E FCN-240C020-Y/S Fujitsu 52622-2011 52624-2015 Molex Japan

Page 94: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 80 -

4.14 CONVERSION OF VERTICAL SOFT KEYS AND I/O Link Vertical soft keys can be read from CNC directly via I/O Link if the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE have I/O Link conversion function. It depends on the specification of the unit the way of connection to vertical soft keys.

Vertical soft keys

a. No I/O Link conversion function (For A08B-0084-B400 to B403, B422, B423, A13B-0196-B400 to B403, B422, B423, and A08B-0086-B402, B403, B422, B423, B702, B703, B722, B723, A13B-0199-B402, B403, B422, B423, B702, B703, B722, B723) Vertical soft keys are usable only in PC.

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

Vertical soft keys PC function

b. With I/O Link conversion function (A08B-0084-B410~1,

A13B-0196-B410~1) Vertical soft keys are usable only in CNC. Not usable in PC. (These can not be ordered.)

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

Vertical soft keys

I/O Link conversion

CNC

PC function

Page 95: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 81 -

c. With I/O Link conversion function (For A08B-0084-B412, B413, B432, B433, A13B-0196-B412, B413, B432, B433, and A08B-0086-B412, B413, B432, B433, B712, B713, B732, B733,

A13B-0199-B412, B413, B432, B433, B712, B713, B732, B733) Vertical soft keys are usable both in CNC and in PC.

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

Vertical soft keys

CNC

PC function

I/O Link conversion

Connection to CNC or I/O link device I/O Link master device (ex. CNC unit, cell controller or etc.)JD1A

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE

JD1B

JD1A

I/O Link slave device (ex. I/O unit, machine operatorspanel or etc.) JD1B

Page 96: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 82 -

1 SIN 11 0V 2 *SIN 12 0V 3 SOUT 13 0V 4 *SOUT 14 0V 5 (Reserve) 15 (Reserve)

6 (Reserve) 16 (Reserve)

7 (Reserve) 17 (Reserve)

8 (Reserve) 18 (Reserve)

9 (Reserve) 19 (Reserve)

10 (Reserve) 20 (Reserve)

1 SIN 11 0V 2 *SIN 12 0V 3 SOUT 13 0V 4 *SOUT 14 0V 5 (Reserve) 15 (Reserve)

6 (Reserve) 16 (Reserve)

7 (Reserve) 17 (Reserve)

8 (Reserve) 18 (Reserve)

9 (Reserve) 19 (Reserve)

10 (Reserve) 20 (Reserve)

JD1A (PCR-E20MDA)

JD1B (PCR-E20MDA)

Cable connection

SIN

*SIN

SOUT

*SOUT

0V

0V

0V

0V

Shield

1

2

3

4

11

12

13

14

SOUT

*SOUT SIN

*SIN

0V

0V

0V

0V

JD1A

3

4

1

2

11

12

13

14

JD1B

NOTE 1 Do not connect the (Reserve) pins. 2 Make sure to use twisted pair wires for signal SIN

and *SIN, and signals SOUT and *SOUT. 3 Shielding wires should be connected to ground at

the JD1A side. 4 Maximum cable length = 10m.

Page 97: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 83 -

Recommended cable material A66L-0001-0284#10P: 0.08mm2 × 10 pairs

Recommended connector and housing for cable Connector Housing Manufacture

PCR-E20FA PCR-V20LA/PCS-E20LA Honda Tsushin KogyoFI30-20S FI-20-CV2/FI-20-CV7 Hirose Electric FCN-247J020-G/E FCN-240C020-Y/S Fujitsu 52622-2011 52624-2015 Molex Japan

Assignment of vertical soft keys to I/O Link

Assign 2 bytes input on the I/O Link. (Assign name : /2) DI address of soft keys are as follows in assignment from Xm.

7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

Xm+0 L8 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 Xm+1 R8 R7 R6 R5 R4 R3 R2 R1

BitAddress

L1

L2

L3

L4

L5

L6

L7

L8

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

R6

R7

R8

Page 98: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 84 -

4.15 SOFT KEY CODES (FOR Series 300i /310i /320i) A list of the key codes of the soft keys pressed on the PANEL i is provided below. For the key codes of the MDI keyboard, refer to various MDI key definition files located under the MDI\Common folder on the open CNC drivers disk (A08B-0084-K790).

FL FR

VF1

VF9

VF8

VF7

VF6

VF5

VF4

VF3

VF2

LCD display area

F6 F7 F8 F9 F10F1 F2 F3 F4 F5

Character code Application

Key name With SHIFT not pressed

With SHIFT pressed

Corresponding key on PC full

keyboard 150i /160i /180i /210i 300i

FL 8500 8700 F11 F1 3B00 5400 F1 F2 3C00 5500 F2 F3 3D00 5600 F3 F4 3E00 5700 F4 F5 3F00 5800 F5 F6 4000 5900 F6 F7 4100 5A00 F7 F8 4200 5B00 F8 F9 4300 5C00 F9

F10 4400 5D00 F10 FR 8600 8800 F12 VF1 64FE 64FF F13 × VF2 65FE 65FF F14 × VF3 66FE 66FF F15 × VF4 67FE 67FF F16 × VF5 68FE 68FF F17 × VF6 69FE 69FF F18 × VF7 6AFE 6AFF F19 × VF8 6BFE 6BFF F20 × VF9 6CFE 6CFF F21 ×

Page 99: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 85 -

4.16 KEY CODES ON THE PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE The key codes of the soft keys (8 × 2) on the left and right sides of the screen are as indicated below.

L1

L2

L3

L4

L5

L6

L7

L8

R1

R2

R3

R4

R5

R6

R7

R8

F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 F9 F10 F11 F12 F13

F14 F15 F16 F17 F18 F19 F20 F21 F22 F23 F24 F25 F26

Table of correspondence between the soft keys and key codes

Key Code Key Code L1 Shift + F1 R1 Ctrl + F1 L2 Shift + F2 R2 Ctrl + F2 L3 Shift + F3 R3 Ctrl + F3 L4 Shift + F4 R4 Ctrl + F4 L5 Shift + F5 R5 Ctrl + F5 L6 Shift + F6 R6 Ctrl + F6 L7 Shift + F7 R7 Ctrl + F7 L8 Shift + F8 R8 Ctrl + F8

The key codes of the function keys located at the bottom of the screen are as indicated below.

Key Code Key Code Key Code F1 F1 F11 F11 F21 Ctrl+Alt+F11 F2 F2 F12 F12 F22 Ctrl+Alt+F12 F3 F3 F13 Ctrl+Alt+F3 F23 Shift+F11 F4 F4 F14 Ctrl+Alt+F4 F24 Shift+F12 F5 F5 F15 Ctrl+Alt+F5 F25 Ctrl+F11 F6 F6 F16 Ctrl+Alt+F6 F26 Ctrl+F12 F7 F7 F17 Ctrl+Alt+F7 F8 F8 F18 Ctrl+Alt+F8 F9 F9 F19 Ctrl+Alt+F9 F10 F10 F20 Ctrl+Alt+F10

Page 100: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 86 -

4.17 PCMCIA CARD

PCMCIA card(Type I, Type II)

PCMCIAcard slot

Back side

Door

Front of PANEL i

NOTE 1 Only Type I or Type II PCMCIA card is usable. The

following card cannot be used. - Card-bus card - Dual mode card (Card-bus mode/PCMCIA

mode) with Card-bus mode - Type III card

2 Care about the direction of the card, and insert certainly.

CAUTION

If the door is opened, dust or coolant would enter and might cause any troubles. Please pay attention.

Page 101: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 87 -

4.18 CF CARD UNIT With the PANEL i of the compact flash (CF) card type, a CF card unit is used instead of a HDD unit.

4.18.1 Connector Locations

CA84A CF card

(master)

CA84B

CF card(slave)

CA81

Page 102: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 88 -

4.18.2 Mounting A CF card unit is mounted in PCI extension slot 1 (CA78A) before shipment.

CF card unit

CF card unit connection cable

(A66L-4040-0033#B)

Page 103: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 4.CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

- 89 -

4.18.3 CF Card Up to two CF cards can be set in the CF card unit (master side and slave side). Master side: A CF card is connected to the connector CA84A. The CF card is used to store the OS and applications of the

machine tool builder. The CF card can also be used to store read-only data. The memory size is 2GB. The OS occupies slightly more than 1GB, so that a slightly less than 1GB can be used to store applications of the machine tool builder and read-only data. (The size used by the OS may change, depending on the upgrading of the version.) Be sure to enable the EWF function (write protection function). (This function is disabled at the time of shipment from FANUC.) If a CF card is used without enabling the EWF function, normal operation cannot be guaranteed.

Slave side: A CF card is connected to the connector CA84B. The CF card is used to store user data to be rewritten. Select a

memory size suitable for usage from 128MB, 256MB, 1GB, and 2GB according to the "Method of selecting a CF card memory size on the slave side" below. If no CF card is needed on the slave side, select a unit that has no CF card on the slave side.

Method of selecting a CF card memory size on the slave side (Tip)

Select a required memory size according to the calculation below. Note that when small-size data is rewritten frequently, a CF card with a large memory size becomes necessary. Remaining memory size of the CF card: C (bytes) Size of one write operation: Y (bytes) Number of rewrite operations per day: Z (operations) Suppose that the life is 50 years (18250 days). Then, the following can be obtained: C = 18250 * Z *( Y + 5120 ) / 400 When Y=10M bytes and Z=1: C=456MB → 1GB When Y=2K bytes and Z=3000: C=975MB → 1GB When Y=100 bytes and Z=500: C=119MB → 128MB

NOTE 1 The operation of a commercially available CF card

cannot be guaranteed, because some functions may be disabled. Be sure to use a CF card available from FANUC.

2 Access to a CF card may be slower than access to a HDD. When considering conversion from HDD type to CF card type, make a sufficient operation check on the actual machine.

Page 104: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 90 -

5. METHOD OF MOUNTING PCI EXTENSION BOARD

5 METHOD OF MOUNTING PCI EXTENSION BOARD

Chapter 5, "METHOD OF MOUNTING PCI EXTENSION BOARD", consists of the following sections: 5.1 USABLE BOARD ......................................................................91 5.2 METHOD OF MOUNTING PCI EXTENSION BOARD .........92 5.3 CONDITIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT

OF A PCI EXTENSION BOARD ..............................................92

Page 105: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION

- 91 -

5.METHOD OF MOUNTINGPCI EXTENSION BOARD

5.1 USABLE BOARD The size of usable board on the PANEL i is defined as below figure, and one or two boards can be mounting on the PANEL i. (For CF card type, only one board can be mounted.)

Parts height of back side : up to 3mm

Up to 176.41mm

Up to 106.68mm

Unit : mm

Fix by screw Parts height of front side : up to 13mm

Page 106: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 92 -

5. METHOD OF MOUNTING PCI EXTENSION BOARD

5.2 METHOD OF MOUNTING PCI EXTENSION BOARD (1) Release vibration-proof fittings 1, 2 by loosening the screw at

point (B). (2) Push the board fully into the PCI connector. (3) Tighten the screw at point (A). (4) Press down vibration-proof fittings to the PCI extension board

and tighten the screw at point (B).

Fittings 1, 2

PCI extension board

(B)

(A)

5.3 CONDITIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION ENVIRONMENT OF A PCI EXTENSION BOARD

For the conditions for the installation environment of a PCI extension board, see the specifications of the PCI extension board. If the specifications of the PCI extension board are stricter than the conditions described in Section 2.2, "Installation Environmental Conditions", the conditions for the installation environment of the PANEL i are restricted to the conditions for the PCI extension board accordingly.

NOTE FANUC cannot take any responsibility for a

guarantee of operation, troubles during use, and maintenance when PCI extension boards are used.

Page 107: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 93 -

6 OUTLINE DRAWINGS Chapter 6, "OUTLINE DRAWINGS", consists of the following sections: 6.1 BASIC UNIT 10.4” VGA LCD TYPE FOR

150i/160i/180i/210i ..................................................................94 6.2 BASIC UNIT 10.4” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR

150i/160i/180i/210i ..................................................................95 6.3 BASIC UNIT 12.1” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR

150i/160i/180i/210i ..................................................................96 6.4 BASIC UNIT 15.0” XGA LCD TYPE FOR

150i/160i/180i/210i ..................................................................97 6.5 BASIC UNIT 10.4” VGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i ...98 6.6 BASIC UNIT 10.4” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i .99 6.7 BASIC UNIT 15.0” XGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i .100 6.8 BASIC UNIT (PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE) ......................101 6.9 HARD DISK DRIVE UNIT A (FOR

150i/160i/180i/210i/300i/310i/320i) ......................................104 6.10 HARD DISK DRIVE UNIT B, C (FOR 300i/310i/320i).......105 6.11 MACHINE OPERATOR'S PANEL + HDD FOR

ATTACHMENT TO MACHINE OPERATOR'S PANEL ....106 6.12 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE..........................................................108 6.13 CD-ROM DRIVE...................................................................110 6.14 MDI UNIT OUTLINE DRAWING (WHEN HDD UNIT IS

MOUNTED)...........................................................................111 6.15 FA FULL KEYBOARD OUTLINE DRAWING

(WHEN HDD UNIT IS MOUNTED)....................................124

Page 108: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 94 -

6.1 BASIC UNIT 10.4” VGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i

5

Side View

Upper View

2

25

125

Front View

290

220

210 5 280

5 5

4-φ4

Cable connecting area

X 70

Cable connecting area for PCI cards

Paint Masking (Mounting side of this plate is unpainted in 8mm width from the edge )

280

210

204

4-M3

(Basic Unit is mounted from outside of the panel)

Panel Cutting

274

(HOLE)

Rear View (right-lower)

14

14

Grounding terminal M4 x 10mm

Weight: 3.5kg (HDD type) Unit : mm

288

218

NOTE Space for cable connection is required under the unit.

Page 109: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 95 -

6.2 BASIC UNIT 10.4” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i

Upper View

Front View

Cable connecting area

X

Cable connecting area for PCI cards

220

290

125

2

25

280

210

204

4-M3

(Basic Unit is mounted from outside of the panel)

Panel Cutting

274

(HOLE)

288

218

5

210

5 280 55

Area for packing attachment

70

Rear View (right-lower)

14

14

Grounding terminal M4 x 10mm

Weight: 3.6kg (HDD type) Weight: 3.8kg (CF card type) Unit: mm

NOTE Space for cable connection is required under the unit.

Side View

Paint Masking (Mounting side of this plate is unpainted in 8mm width from the edge )

Page 110: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 96 -

6.3 BASIC UNIT 12.1” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i

340

(Basic Unit is mounted from outside of the panel)

5

280

5270

6-φ4

270 324

264

6-M3

5 5 165 165

165 165

125

Upper view

Front View

Panel Cutting

2

25 30

(HOLE)

Rear View (right-lower)

16

14

Grounding terminal M4 x 10mm

Weight: 4.9kg (HDD type)Weight: 5.1kg (CF card type)Unit : mm

238

278

Area for packing attachment

X 40

Side View

Cable connecting area

Cable connecting area for PCI cards

Paint Masking (Mounting side of this plate is unpainted in 8mm width from the edge )

NOTE Space for cable connection is required under the unit.

Page 111: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 97 -

6.4 BASIC UNIT 15.0” XGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i

2

35

125

Upper View

400

195 5

5

195 320

8-φ4

155 5

5 155

Front View

X

Cable connecting area Cable connecting area for PCI cards

Side View

(Basic Unit is mounted from outside of the panel)

Weight: 5.7kg (HDD type) Weight: 5.9kg (CF card type)Unit : mm

Panel Cutting

310 384

304

8-M3 195 195

155155

(HOLE)

Rear View (right-lower)

25

20

Grounding terminal M4 x 10mm

Area for packing attachment

318

398

Paint Masking (Mounting side of this plate is unpainted in 8mm width from the edge )

NOTE Space for cable connection is required under the unit.

Page 112: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 98 -

6.5 BASIC UNIT 10.4” VGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i

PCI card cable connection area

Weight: 3.5 kg (Unit: mm)

(Screw the unit from the outside of the cabinet then attach a cap to the screw holes.)

Upper view

Front view

Side view

Cable connection area

Frame ground

Drawing of the lower-right corner on the rear

Panel cut drawing

Area for packing attachment

NOTE Space for cable connection is required under the unit.

Page 113: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 99 -

6.6 BASIC UNIT 10.4” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i

Cable connection area

X

PCI card cable connection area

Front view

Upper view

220

290

135

13

(Screw the unit from the outside of the cabinet then attach a cap to the screw holes.)

Front View

Panel cut drawing

210 274

204

4-M3

280

(HOLE)

288

218

Area for packing attachment

5

210

5 5 5 280

70

Weight: 3.6 kg (HDD type) Weight: 3.8 kg (CF card type) Unit: mm

Drawing of the lower-right corner on the rear

14.2

14.2

Frame ground M4 x 10mm

Side view

NOTE Space for cable connection is required under the unit.

Page 114: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 100 -

6.7 BASIC UNIT 15.0” XGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i

PCI card cable connection area

(Mount the unit onto the outside of the cabinet then securethe unit with nuts from the inside.)

Upper view

Front view

Side view

Cable connection area

Frame ground

Drawing of the lower-right corner on the rear

Panel cut drawing Area for packing attachment

8-M4 stud 400

Weight: 5.7 kg (HDD type) Weight: 5.9 kg (CF card type) Unit: mm

Page 115: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 101 -

6.8 BASIC UNIT (PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE)

125

12.65

Upper View (Without FDD&CD-ROM Drive Unit)

Front View

354.8

482.6

160

Upper View (With FDD&CD-ROM Drive Unit)

This size is 20mm at the screw of the doors of PCMCIA slot and USB interface.

There is no screw lock for doors in A08B-0084-B400, 1, B410, 1, and A13B-0196-B400, 1, B410, 1.

Screw lock for door

Screw lock for door

Weight: 10.0 kg (HDD type) Weight: 8.8 kg (CF card type) Unit: mm In either case, no FDD and CD-ROM drive units are used.

Page 116: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 102 -

Rear view

76.2 8.1

29.6

101.6 101.6

29.6

8.114-M4

(Mount the unit from the outside of the cabinet andsecure it from the inside with nuts.)

Panel cutting

134.6

76.2

97.9 97.9 134.6

29.6

101.6101.6

29.6

450

325

6.8

7.5 14-φ5

Drawing of the lower-right corner on the rear

38

85 Frame ground M4 x 10mm

Area for packing attachment

473

346.6

8.8 8.8 97.9 97.9 134.6 134.6

4

4

4

6.8

Page 117: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 103 -

Details of the vertical key sheet CF card type and HDD type differ from each other as shown below.

Vertical key sheet for CF card type Vertical key sheet for HDD type

NOTE The vertical key sheet for CF card type is basically the same as the

key sheet for the CNC display unit for AUTOMOTIVE. Note, however, that the "CARD" lamp is turned on differently as indicated in the table below.

When built-in CF

card is accessedWhen PCMCIA card inserted into PCMCIA

slot on front panel of unit is accessed PANEL i Turned on Turned off

CNC display unit for AUTOMOTIVE Turned off Turned on

Details of the horizontal key sheet

CARD

Page 118: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 104 -

6.9 HARD DISK DRIVE UNIT A (FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i/300i/310i/320i)

A08B-0084-H100

Weight: 1.3 kg Unit: mm

4-φ6 6

136

6

44.6

37.6

26.2 25 83 39

66.9

44.1

40

Page 119: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 105 -

6.10 HARD DISK DRIVE UNIT B, C (FOR 300i/310i/320i)

A08B-0084-H130

A08B-0084-H131

44.6

39.2

40 121.3

35.35

35.35

8.3

8.3

6

6

119.7

6 180

163 29 9.2

67

40 121.3

35.3

35.4

101.4 25.8 28.419.2

8

8

Weight: 1.1 kg Unit: mm

4-φ6

Weight: 1.2 kg Unit: mm

4-φ6

Page 120: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 106 -

6.11 MACHINE OPERATOR'S PANEL + HDD FOR ATTACHMENT TO MACHINE OPERATOR'S PANEL

Stud for frame ground connection

Page 121: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 107 -

- Mount the unit from the outside of the cabinet.

Weight: 4.2 kg Unit: mm

Area for packing attachment

Panel cutting

Page 122: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 108 -

6.12 FLOPPY DISK DRIVE

A08B-0084-K001

The tolerance shall be ±1.0 unless otherwise specified.(Unit: mm)

Weight: 0.4KgUnit: mm

External View

Installation Orientations

Page 123: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 109 -

A02B-0207-C009

145

J1

J2

104

FDD

ACRYLIC WINDOW

70

80

55

150

140

5 5

64

(HOLE)

70

140

134

4-M3

Front View Side view

Panel Cutting

4-φ3.6

Weight: 0.8Kg Unit: mm

Page 124: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 110 -

6.13 CD-ROM DRIVE

A08B-0084-K010

Weight: 1.0kg Unit: mm

148

42.3

202

146

5

136 max.

41.3

11.8 10

52.4

79.2

139.7

12-M3 Depth: 5 max.

When the tray is open

Page 125: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 111 -

6.14 MDI UNIT OUTLINE DRAWING (WHEN HDD UNIT IS MOUNTED)

Table of MDI outline drawing correspondence

MDI specification MDI unit drawing number HDD unit drawing number

Outline drawing number

61 full keys, English, Vertical, 220 × 290 mm

A02B-0261-C167#MCR A08B-0084-H100 1

61 full keys, symbol, Vertical, 220 × 290 mm

A02B-0261-C167#MCS A08B-0084-H100 1

61 full keys,English, Horizontal,220 × 230mm A02B-0261-C168#MCR A08B-0084-H100 2

61 full keys,symbol, Horizontal,220 × 230mm

A02B-0261-C168#MCS A08B-0084-H100 2

Lathe system ONG,English, Vertical,220 × 290mm

A02B-0281-C329#TBR A08B-0084-H100 3

Lathe system ONG, symbol, Vertical,220 × 290mm

A02B-0281-C329#TBS A08B-0084-H100 3

Millng system ONG,English, Vertical,220 × 290mm

A02B-0281-C329#MBR A08B-0084-H100 3

Millng system ONG, symbol, Vertical,220 × 290mm

A02B-0281-C329#MBS A08B-0084-H100 3

Lathe system ONG,English, Horizontal,220 × 230mm

A02B-0281-C328#TBR A08B-0084-H100 4

Lathe system ONG, symbol, Horizontal,220 × 230mm

A02B-0281-C328#TBS A08B-0084-H100 4

Millng system ONG,English, Horizontal,220 × 230mm

A02B-0281-C328#MBR A08B-0084-H100 4

Millng system ONG, symbol, Horizontal,220 × 230mm

A02B-0281-C328#MBS A08B-0084-H100 4

Lathe system ONG, symbol and English, Vertical,220 × 290mm

A02B-0303-C327#T A08B-0084-H130 5

Millng system ONG, symbol and English, Vertical,220 × 290mm

A02B-0303-C327#M A08B-0084-H130 5

Lathe system ONG, symbol and English, Horizontal,220 × 230mm

A02B-0303-C320#T A08B-0084-H130 6

Millng system ONG, symbol and English, Horizontal,220 × 230mm

A02B-0303-C320#M A08B-0084-H130 6

QWERTY, symbol and English, 160 × 290mm

A02B-0303-C328 A08B-0084-H130 7

QWERTY, symbol and English, 160 × 290mm

A02B-0303-C328 A08B-0084-H131 8

Page 126: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 112 -

(Continued)

MDI specification MDI unit drawing number HDD unit drawing number

Outline drawing number

Lathe system ONG, English, Vertical, 220 × 340mm

A02B-0236-C321#TBR A08B-0084-H100 9

Lathe system ONG, symbol, Vertical,220 × 340mm

A02B-0236-C321#TBS A08B-0084-H100 9

Millng system ONG,English, Vertical,220 × 340mm

A02B-0236-C321#MBR A08B-0084-H100 9

Millng system ONG, symbol, Vertical,220 × 340mm

A02B-0236-C321#MBS A08B-0084-H100 9

Lathe system ONG,English, Horizontal,280 × 230mm

A02B-0236-C322#TBR A08B-0084-H100 10

Lathe system ONG, symbol, Horizontal,280 × 230mm

A02B-0236-C322#TBS A08B-0084-H100 10

Millng system ONG,English, Horizontal,280 × 230mm

A02B-0236-C322#MBR A08B-0084-H100 10

Millng system ONG, symbol, Horizontal,280 × 230mm

A02B-0236-C322#MBS A08B-0084-H100 10

56 keys, English, Vertical,220 × 340mm

A02B-0261-C155#MCR A08B-0084-H100 9

56 keys, symbol, Vertical,220 × 340mm

A02B-0261-C155#MCS A08B-0084-H100 9

56 keys,English, Horizontal,280 × 230mm A02B-0261-C156#MCR A08B-0084-H100 10

56 keys, symbol, Horizontal,280 × 230mm

A02B-0261-C156#MCS A08B-0084-H100 10

61 full keys,English, Vertical,220 × 340mm

A02B-0261-C165#MCR A08B-0084-H100 9

61 full keys, symbol, Vertical,220 × 340mm

A02B-0261-C165#MCS A08B-0084-H100 9

61 full keys,English, Horizontal,280 × 230mm A02B-0261-C166#MCR A08B-0084-H100 10

61 full keys, symbol, Horizontal,280 × 230mm

A02B-0261-C166#MCS A08B-0084-H100 10

Page 127: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 113 -

Panel cutting

Stud for frame ground

connection

- Mount the unit from the outside

of the cabinet.

Weight: 2.9 kg Unit: mm

4-M3

M4×10mm

Outline drawing 1

Area for packing attachment

Page 128: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 114 -

Outline drawing 2

- Mount the unit from the outside

of the cabinet.

Weight: 2.7 kg Unit: mm

Stud for frame ground

connection

4-M3

M4×10mm

Area for packing attachment

Panel cutting

Page 129: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 115 -

Outline drawing 3

- Mount the unit from the outside

of the cabinet.

Weight: 2.9 kg Unit: mm

Area for packing attachment

Stud for frame ground

connection

4×M10

M4×10mm

Panel cutting

Page 130: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 116 -

Outline drawing 4

Area for packing attachment

Stud for frame ground

connection

- Mount the unit from the outside

of the cabinet.

Weight: 2.7 kg Unit: mm

4-M3

M4×10mm

Panel cutting

Page 131: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 117 -

Outline drawing 5

- Mount the unit from the outside

of the cabinet and install caps

on the screw holes.

Weight: 2.4 kg Unit: mm

Area for packing attachment

Stud for frame ground connection

Panel cutting

Page 132: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 118 -

Outline drawing 6

- Mount the unit from the outside

of the cabinet and install caps

on the screw holes.

Weight: 2.2 kg Unit: mm

Area for packing attachment

Stud for frame ground

connection

Panel cutting

Page 133: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 119 -

Outline drawing 7

- Mount the unit from the outside

of the cabinet and install caps

on the screw holes.

Weight: 2.2 kg Unit: mm

Area for packing attachment

Stud for frame ground connection

Panel cutting

Page 134: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 120 -

Outline drawing 8

- Mount the unit from the outside

of the cabinet and install caps

on the screw holes.

Weight: 2.3 kg Unit: mm

Area for packing attachment

Stud for frame ground

connection

Panel cutting

Page 135: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 121 -

Outline drawing 9

- Mount the unit from the outside

of the cabinet.

Weight: 3.2 kg Unit: mm

Connector panel

Blank panel

Blank panel

2-φ5 Do not paint color on rear side. (φ10)

Stud for frame ground

connection

Area for packing attachment

6-M3

Panel cutting

Page 136: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 122 -

Outline drawing 10

- Mount the unit from the outside

of the cabinet.

Weight: 3.1 kg Unit: mm

Blank panel

2-φ5 Do not paint color on rear side. (φ10)

Connector panel Blank panel

Stud for frame ground connection

M4×10mm

Panel cutting

Page 137: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 123 -

Panel cutting

Area for packing attachment

Page 138: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 124 -

6.15 FA FULL KEYBOARD OUTLINE DRAWING (WHEN HDD UNIT IS MOUNTED)

Outline drawing details

Specification Name Reference outline drawing

A02B-0236-C131#JC FA Full Keyboard for 10.4" LCD (Japanese) Outline drawing 1 A02B-0236-C131#EC FA Full Keyboard for 10.4" LCD (English) Outline drawing 1 A02B-0236-C132#JC FA Full Keyboard for 12.1" LCD (Japanese) Outline drawing 2 A02B-0236-C132#EC FA Full Keyboard for 12.1" LCD (English) Outline drawing 2 A08B-0082-C150#JC FA Full Keyboard for 15.0" LCD (Japanese) Outline drawing 3 A08B-0082-C150#EC FA Full Keyboard for 15.0" LCD (English) Outline drawing 3

Page 139: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 125 -

Outline drawing 1

Area for packing attachment

- Mount the unit from the

outside of the cabinet.

Weight: 2.3 kg

Unit: mm Panel cutting

Stud for frame ground connection

Page 140: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 126 -

Outline drawing 2

Stud for frame ground

connection

Area for packing attachment

- Mount the unit from the

outside of the cabinet.

Weight: 2.6 kg

Unit: mmPanel cutting

Page 141: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 6.OUTLINE DRAWINGS

- 127 -

Outline drawing 3

- Mount the unit from the

outside of the cabinet.

Weight: 2.8 kg

Unit: mm

Stud for frame ground

connection

Area for packing attachment

Panel cutting

Page 142: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 128 -

7 WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED Chapter 7, "WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED", consists of the following sections: 7.1 WHAT IS WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED? ..............................129 7.2 FANUC WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED SYSTEM...................130 7.3 OS PROTECTION BY THE EWF FUNCTION......................132 7.4 NOTES ON OPERATION........................................................135 7.5 NOTES ON APPLICATION CREATION...............................136 7.6 FIRST SETUP OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED...................137 7.7 RECOVERY OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED .....................142

Page 143: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED

- 129 -

7.1 WHAT IS WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED? Windows XP Embedded is a Microsoft operating system (OS) that is based on Windows XP Professional and customizable for embedded use. Windows XP Embedded has the following features: • Those application software and drivers that operate on Windows

XP Professional can be reused easily. • As a mass storage device, a CF (compact flash) card with higher

environmental performance than the HDD can be used. • The EWF function (write protection function) for protecting

against careless writing to recording media is provided. • Windows XP Embedded is not a real-time OS, so that it is not

suitable for machine control. Windows XP Embedded should be used as a platform for applications with a GUI specific to the machine tool builder.

• Windows XP Embedded has features that are different from

those of the conventional PANEL i (HDD type) based on Pentium M that uses a HDD and Windows XP Professional. Check the specifications carefully.

• For information not covered by this chapter, see the preceding

chapters.

Page 144: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 130 -

7.2 FANUC WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED SYSTEM

Function and size of OS FANUC Windows XP Embedded is an operating system (OS) optimized for the PANEL i. Its functions are almost equivalent to those of Windows XP Professional, and it occupies a memory size of slightly more than 1GB on a CF card.

OS language Windows XP Embedded is available not in multiple versions (Japanese version and English version) but in only one version. The basic language is English. However, the user can switch between English and Japanese on the Regional and Language Options screen.

Displayable language The following 18 languages can be displayed on application software:

English Japanese German French Spanish Italian Chinese (Traditional) Chinese (Simplified) Korean Portuguese Dutch Danish Swedish Hungarian Czech Polish Russian Turkish

Virtual memory

Virtual memory cannot be used. All of the OS and application software operate on the main memory. Immediately after the system is started, the size of memory used by the OS itself is about 128MB.

OS standard runtime The following runtime libraries are installed: Visual C / C++ Runtime Library, MFC Library, Visual Basic 5.0 / 6.0 Runtime Library, COM+ Service, .NET Framework 2.0, DirectX, OpenGL, etc.

License certification (activation) Not required

Page 145: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED

- 131 -

Software supplied by FANUC The following drivers and application software are installed: Touch panel driver HSSB driver MDI key driver Hardware monitor driver (temperature/fan/battery monitoring) Hardware monitor (temperature/fan/battery monitoring, EWF function control) NCBOOT32 FOCAS1/2 library (HSSB version) * To use this library, the corresponding software option is required. CNC display screen function (HSSB version) * To use this function, the corresponding software option is required.

Page 146: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 132 -

7.3 OS PROTECTION BY THE EWF FUNCTION The EWF (Enhanced Write Filter) function protects against writing to a CF card, by writing data to be written to drive "C:" to a save area on the main memory. Data is read from the main memory, so that data appears to be written as usually done when viewed from the user and application software. However, when the OS is restarted, the previous contents of drive "C:" are restored. By enabling the EWF function, drive "C:" is made a read-only drive, thus protecting the OS and application software of the machine tool builder from careless writing. The EWF function is disabled at the time of shipment from FANUC. Be sure to enable the EWF function upon completion of the setup procedure described in Section 7.6, "FIRST SETUP OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED". The setting of the EWF function can be switched conversationally by using the "Hardware monitor" icon on the task bar. For the operation procedure, see Subsection 7.6.6, "Enabling EWF Protection", in Section 7.6, "FIRST SETUP OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED".

Changing OS settings Disable the EWF function when writing to drive "C:" to change OS settings, change the registry, or install application software after enabling the EWF function. Upon completion of such work, be sure to enable the EWF function again.

Event log By default, OS event log files are stored in the "C:\Windows\system32\config" folder. If these event log files are needed after restarting the OS, make an adequate folder in drive "D:" then modify the following registry entries to point to that folder.

Key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EventLog\Application\ Name: File Type: REG_EXPAND_SZ Value: <folder name on drive "D:">\AppEvent.evt Key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EventLog\Security\ Name: File Type: REG_EXPAND_SZ Value: <folder name on drive "D:">\SecEvent.evt Key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\EventLog\System\ Name: File Type: REG_EXPAND_SZ Value: <folder name on drive "D:">\SysEvent.evt

Page 147: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED

- 133 -

Communication log of the FOCAS1/2 library

By default, FOCAS1/2 library communication log files are stored in the "C:\Windows\fwlib" folder. If these communication log files are needed after restarting the OS, create the following registry then set the value to 2:

Key: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\FANUC\Fwlog\ Name: AlternativeDrive Type: REG_DWORD Value: 2 = Communication log files are output to the "D:\fwlib" folder. 0 = Communication log files are output to the "C:\Windows\fwlib" folder.

Temporary file folder

By default, the temporary files used by application software are stored in the "C:\Documents and Settings\<user name>\Temp" folder. All contents written to drive "C:" are cached on the main memory by the EWF function. So, if application software writes temporary files in large quantities or too frequently or an application is run continuously for a long time, the main memory may be used up, thus resulting in an insufficient memory alarm. In such a case, create an adequate folder in drive "D:" then specify the name of the folder in the environment variables TEMP and TMP. Alternatively, modify the registry entries indicated below. This setting is needed for each user name.

Key: HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Environment\ Name: TEMP Type: REG_SZ Value: <folder name on drive "D:"> Key: HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Environment\ Name: TMP Type: REG_SZ Value: <folder name on drive "D:">

Page 148: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 134 -

Temporary Internet file folder By default, temporary Internet files are stored in the "C:\Documents and Settings\<user name>\Temporary Internet Files" folder. If these temporary files are needed after restarting the OS, create an adequate folder in drive "D:" then modify the registry entries as indicated below to point to that folder. This setting is needed for each user name.

Key: HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\Current Version\Explorer\User Shell Folders\ Name: Cache Type: REG_EXPAND_SZ Value: <folder name on drive "D:"> Key: HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\Shell Folders\ Name: Cache Type: REG_EXPAND_SZ Value: <folder name on drive "D:">

Page 149: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED

- 135 -

7.4 NOTES ON OPERATION • Windows XP Embedded is an OS that is based on Windows XP

Professional and is rebuilt by selecting only those functions that are necessary for the PANEL i. So, when an application of the machine tool builder or a commercially available Windows XP application is used, the machine tool builder is requested to carefully check whether such an application can be executed normally on Windows XP Embedded of the PANEL i beforehand.

• Virtual memory cannot be used with Windows XP Embedded.

When installing an application that uses a large memory space, carefully check the operation of the application on the actual machine.

• The EWF function protects against writing to the CF card on the

master side (drive "C:"). When installing an application that may use drive "C:", carefully check the operation of the application on the actual machine.

• Before turning off the power to the PANEL i, be sure to perform

shutdown processing. With the EWF function, the CF card on the master side (drive "C:") is protected. However, the CF card on the slave side (drive "D:") may hold data that is under OS control but is not saved yet. So, user files may be destroyed if shutdown processing is not performed.

• The following are not permitted under the license of Windows

XP Embedded: - Installation of Office products (such as Word and Excel) in

the state where new documents can be freely created - Free installation of software by end users

• When using the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE, do not make a

keyboard layout setting with IME for Japanese, Korean, Chinese (Simplified), or Chinese (Traditional). Otherwise, a symbol different from a keyboard mark may be input.

Page 150: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 136 -

7.5 NOTES ON APPLICATION CREATION When the machine tool builder creates application software, the machine tool builder is requested to note the following: • When designing an application, consider the sizes of the program

and internal data so that all operations can be performed on the main memory. - Virtual memory cannot be used, so that an application that

uses a large memory space may not be executed normally. • Do not write data to drive "C:".

- All contents written to drive "C:" are cached on the main memory by the EWF function. So, if application software writes data massively or too frequently to drive "C:", or an application is not run frequently but is run continuously for a long time, the main memory may be used up, thus resulting in "Insufficient memory alarm".

- When saving data, write the data to drive "D:". - When using a temporary file, specify a folder name on drive

"D:" in the environment variables TEMP and TMP. • Do not save application setting information to the registry.

- The EWF function restores the contents of the registry to the previous state when the OS is restarted.

- When saving application setting information, write the information the drive "D:".

Page 151: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED

- 137 -

7.6 FIRST SETUP OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED When the PANEL i for Windows XP Embedded is started for the first time, perform an initial setup operation according to the procedure below. 1. Logon 2. Calibration and right-click simulation of touch panel (for PANEL

i with a touch panel) 3. HSSB node setting 4. MDI keyboard setting (for PANEL i with MDI keys) 5. Application setup and OS setting 6. Enabling EWF protection

Notes • A password is set for the user name, Administrator, required for

initial logon. For details, see Subsection 7.6.1, "Logon". • The EWF (Enhanced Write Filter) function is disabled at the time

of shipment from FANUC, thus allowing writing to drive "C:". Upon completion of initial setup, be sure to enable EWF. For details, see Section 7.6.6, "Enabling EWF Protection".

Items to be prepared

• Full keyboard connected via PS/2 or USB • Mouse connected via PS/2 or USB (not required when PANEL i

with a touch panel is used)

7.6.1 Logon (1) Connect a full keyboard and mouse to the PANEL i correctly then

turn on the power. (2) Upon completion of BIOS Power-On-Self-Test (POST), the

following screen is displayed: (3) When the Windows logon screen is displayed, log on with the

following user name and password:

Username: Administrator Password: OPENCNC

Windows(R)XP Embedded with SP2

A08B - 0086 - J580 Edition x.x

System Loading... Wait a few minutes.

Page 152: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 138 -

7.6.2 Calibration and Right-Click Simulation of Touch Panel (for PANEL i with a Touch Panel)

Perform touch panel position calibration as needed. (1) Open Control Panel from the [Start] menu then select [Other

Control Panel Options] from [See Also]. (2) Select the [Touch Panel] icon to open the Touch Panel Setting

screen. (3) Click the [Calibrate Now] button on the [Calibration] tab to call

the touch panel calibration program. (4) The calibration screen is displayed. (A cross-shaped mark

appears at the upper-left corner of the screen.) Press the center of the cross-shaped mark with the touch pen then

hold the point for about 1 second. Each time the center of the cross-shaped mark is pressed, the

cross-shaped mark moves to the next position. (5) After pressing the center of the cross-shaped mark nine times,

press the [Update] button to quit the touch panel calibration program.

(6) Click the [OK] button to close the Touch Panel Setting screen. (7) Close Control Panel. Set the right-click simulation of the touch panel as needed. (1) Open Control Panel from the [Start] menu then select [Other

Control Panel Options] from [See Also]. (2) Select the [Touch Panel] icon to open the Touch Panel Setting

screen. (3) Check [Enable the right click simulation] on the [Right button

simulation] tab then select a key used for right-clicking from the Ctrl key, Shift key, and Alt key.

(4) To regard a touch operation performed while a selected key is held down as a right-click operation, check [Right click is simulated whilst function key is pressed].

To regard a touch operation performed once after a selected key is pressed as a right-click operation, check [Right click happens only once after function key is pressed].

(5) Click the [OK] button to close the Touch Panel Setting screen. (6) Close Control Panel.

Page 153: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED

- 139 -

7.6.3 HSSB Node Setting

The node number of the built-in HSSB interface is 0. When an HSSB multi-connection (connecting multiple CNCs to one PANEL i unit) is made by using the PCI extension card, node numbers are assigned starting from 1 to 2 to 3 and so on in the ascending order of PCI slot numbers. Set each HSSB node according to the procedure below. (1) Open Control Panel from the [Start] menu then select [Other

Control Panel Options] from [See Also]. (2) Select the [HSSB] icon. (3) Select the node number corresponding to the HSSB interface

then click the [Setting...] button. (4) Enter an adequate name (such as "FS160 - No.1" and "Milling

Machine") in [Node Name:] by using a character string not longer than nineteen half-size characters.

(5) From the [CNC Type:] list, select and click a type of CNC to be connected to the HSSB interface.

(6) Click the [OK] button to close the window. (7) In the case of HSSB multi-connection, repeat the procedure

above from step (3) for each node. (8) Click the [Close] button. (9) A dialog box indicating that the HSSB setting modification is

completed is displayed. Click the [OK] button. (10) Close Control Panel.

7.6.4 MDI Keyboard Setting (for PANEL i with MDI keys) Set the MDI keyboard as needed. (1) Open Control Panel from the [Start] menu then select [Other

Control Panel Options] from [See Also]. (2) Select the [MDI] icon. (3) From the [MDI keyboard type:] list on the [General] tab, select

and click the type of the connected MDI keyboard. (4) Click the [OK] button to close the window. (5) Close Control Panel.

Page 154: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 140 -

7.6.5 Application Setup and OS Setting When applications of the machine tool builder are used, install those applications. Moreover, when the machine tool builder requires particular OS settings, make those settings. (Example: User name registration, task bar setting, adding programs to Startup or NCBOOT32, creation of a folder for storing data, network setting, and so forth)

Setting for automatic logon Make a setting for automatic logon as needed. (1) Select [Run...] from the [Start] menu. Enter "control

userpasswords2" in [Open] then click the [OK] button. (2) The User Account screen is displayed. Uncheck [Users must

enter name a user name and password to use this computer.] on the [User] tab then click the [OK] button.

(3) The Automatically Log On screen is displayed. Enter the user name in [User name] and enter the password in [password] and [confirm password] (the same password) then click the [OK] button.

(4) When the system is restarted, an automatic logon operation is performed.

Switching the OS language

Switch the OS language to Japanese as needed. (1) Open Control Panel from the [Start] men then select [Date, Time,

Language, and Regional Options]. (2) Select [Regional and Language Options] to display the Regional

and Language Options screen. (3) Set Japanese in [Language used in menus and dialogs] on the

[Languages] tab. (4) Set Japanese in [Language for non-Unicode programs] on the

[Advanced] tab then click the [OK] button. (5) When the system is restarted, the OS language is switched to

Japanese. (6) Modify the settings of the regional option, text service and input

language, and time zone as needed.

Page 155: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED

- 141 -

IME setting When the keyboard layout is set to IME for Japanese, Korean, Chinese (Simplified), or Chinese (Traditional), make the following setting: (1) Open Control Panel from the [Start] menu then select [Date,

Time, Language, and Regional Options]. (2) Select [Regional and Language Options] to display the Regional

and Language Options screen. (3) Check [Apply all settings to the current user account and to the

default user profile.] in [Default user account settings] on the [Advanced] tab then click the [OK] button.

(4) Close Control Panel.

7.6.6 Enabling EWF Protection Upon completion of the series of setup operations, enable the EWF function to protect against writing to drive "C:". For this setting, the Administrator authority is needed. (1) Right-click the hardware monitor icon on the system tray then

select the [EWF] menu item. (2) Click the [Enable EWF protection] button. (3) Check that "ENABLE" is set in [Next EWF protection] then

click the [Close] button. (4) Shut down the PANEL i from the [Start] menu. When the

PANEL i is started next time, the EWF function is enabled. This setting enhances OS security and is needed to extend the life of media by avoiding frequent writing from the OS to the CF card. So, be sure to make this setting. When making modifications to the OS settings or installing application software after enabling the EWF function, disable the EWF function according to the procedure below to allow writing to drive "C:". For this operation, the Administrator authority is needed. (1) Right-click the hardware monitor icon on the system tray then

select the [EWF] menu item. (2) Click the [Disable EWF protection] button. (3) Check that "DISABLE" is set in [Next EWF protection] then

click the [Close] button. (4) Shut down the PANEL i from the [Start] menu. When the

PANEL i is started next time, the EWF function is disabled. Upon completion of work, be sure to enable the EWF function again.

Page 156: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 142 -

7.7 RECOVERY OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED Recovery is the operation for restoring software such as the OS and drivers to the state present at the time of shipment from FANUC by using the Windows XP Embedded Recovery Disk. Perform a recovery operation when a problem such as a failure to start the OS occurs or when the CF card on the master side (set on the IDE Primary Master side) is replaced.

Notes • When a recovery operation is performed, all data of the CF card

on the master side is erased. Back up the data of the CF card on the master side beforehand if necessary.

• When the PANEL i with a CF card set on the slave side is used, the data of the CF card on the slave side is not erased.

• Software (such as applications of the machine tool builder) installed after shipment from FANUC is not recovered.

• If peripheral devices are connected, disconnect those peripheral devices to return to the state present at the time of shipment from FANUC. Moreover, disconnect an Ethernet cable if any.

• Until completion of recovery, do not remove the USB DVD-ROM drive and do not turn off the power to an external DVD-ROM drive.

Items to be prepared

• Full keyboard connected via PS/2 or USB • DVD-ROM drive connected via ATAPI or USB • Windows XP Embedded Recovery Disk (A08B-0086-K780)

Recovery procedure (1) Connect a full keyboard and DVD-ROM drive correctly to the

PANEL i then turn on the power. (2) While the following message is displayed in the lower-left area

of the screen, press the [F2] key to display the BIOS setup utility screen.

At this time, set the Windows XP Embedded Recovery Disk in

the DVD-ROM drive. (3) Select Boot Device Priority from the BOOT menu with the arrow

keys then press the [Enter] key.

Press <F2> to enter SETUP

Page 157: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED

- 143 -

(4) To start devices starting with the DVD-ROM drive, set the boot device recognition order with the [+ (plus)] key and [− (minus)] key as indicated below.

Boot Device Priority -----------------------------

+ Removable Devices CD-ROM Drive + Hard Drive • BIOS treats a DVD-ROM drive as a "CD-ROM Drive". So,

make a setting so that CD-ROM Drive is placed above Hard Drive.

(5) Press the [Esc] key to exit from the Boot Device Priority menu. (6) Select Exit Saving Changes from the Exit menu with the arrow

keys then press the [Enter] key. (7) The screen shown below is displayed. Select [Yes] with the

arrow keys then press the [Enter] key. (8) The PANEL i is automatically restarted. Upon completion of

BIOS Power-On-Self-Test (POST), the Windows logo screen is displayed.

After a while, the background of the screen changes and the following screen is displayed:

(9) Check that the CF card set on the master side is normal then

press the [Y] key then the [Enter] key. ・ To cancel recovery, press the [N] key then the [Enter] key

then turn off the power to the unit.

Setup Confirmation

----------------------------------------- Save configuration changes and exit now?

[Yes] [No]

================================================================== FANUC PANEL i Windows(R)XP Embedded with SP2 OS Recovery Tool ================================================================== This tool will recover the OS software "A08B - 0086 - J580 Edition x.x" from DVD media to CompactFlash card. All contents of the 1st CompactFlash card will be renewed. Are you sure(Y / N)?

Page 158: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED CONNECTION B-64223EN/02

- 144 -

(10) The message indicated below is displayed. When a unit with a touch panel is used, press the [Y] key then the [Enter] key. When a unit with no touch panel is used, press the [N] key then the [Enter] key.

(11) A recovery operation is started. A recovery operation requires 20

to 30 minutes. - The time required varies, depending on the type and

connection method of the DVD-ROM drive used. (12) Upon completion of recovery operation, the message indicated

below is displayed. Press the [Y] key then the [Enter] key. - At this stage, leave the Windows XP Embedded Recovery

Disk set. (13) The PANEL i is automatically restarted. While the message

indicated below is displayed in the lower-left area of the screen, press the [F2] key to display the BIOS setup utility screen.

After the BIOS setup utility screen is displayed, remove the Windows XP Embedded Recovery Disk from the DVD-ROM drive.

(14) Select Boot Device Priority from the BOOT menu with the arrow

keys then press the [Enter] key. (15) To start devices starting with the compact flash card, return the

boot device recognition order to the original order with the [+ (plus)] key and [− (minus)] key.

Boot Device Priority -----------------------------

+ Removable Devices + Hard Drive CD-ROM Drive

• BIOS treats a compact flash card as a "Hard Drive". So, make a setting so that Hard Drive is placed above CD-ROM Drive.

Is this Unit with a Touch panel(Y / N)?

Reboot OK(Y / N)? While rebooting, remove the DVD media.

Press <F2> to enter SETUP

Page 159: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 CONNECTION 7.WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED

- 145 -

(16) Press the [Esc] key to exit from the Boot Device Priority menu. (17) Select Exit Saving Changes from the Exit menu with the arrow

keys then press the [Enter] key. (18) The screen shown below is displayed. Select [Yes] with the

arrow keys then press the [Enter] key. (19) The PANEL i is automatically restarted. After a while, the screen

shown below is displayed. When the PANEL i is started for the first time immediately after recovery, the OS is initialized. So, this screen display lasts for about 7 minutes.

(20) After a while, the background of the screen changes. When a

PANEL i unit with a touch panel is used (when [Y] is selected in step (10) above), the touch panel calibration screen is displayed. Perform operations according to steps (4) and (5) described in Subsection 7.6.2, "Calibration and Right-Click Simulation of Touch Panel". • When [N] is selected in step (10), the touch panel

calibration screen is not displayed. (21) The PANEL i is automatically shut down. (22) Perform the rest of operation according to Section 7.6, "FIRST

SETUP OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED". If the DVD-ROM drive is unnecessary for the rest of operation, remove the DVD-ROM drive here.

Setup Confirmation

----------------------------------------- Save configuration changes and exit now?

[Yes] [No]

Windows(R)XP Embedded with SP2 A08B - 0086 - J580 Edition x.x

System Loading... Wait a few minutes.

Page 160: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料
Page 161: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

II. MAINTENANCE

Page 162: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料
Page 163: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 1.SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

- 149 -

1 SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM

CPU

JD46 RS232-2/USB

JD33 RS232-1

JD9 CENTRO

FDD SIGNAL CD34

CD32L KEYBOARD

CD32U MOUSE

DV Clock Generator

HSSB Controller

Optical Module

Power +5V,+3.3V +12V,-5V -12V,-24V

LCD Signal

PCI Bus

PCI extension slot CA78A

PCI extension slot CA78B

HSSB COP7 or COP21M

+24V CPD14

PCMCIA I/FCA82

PCMCIA Controller

HDD Unit

Inve

rter

Battery

CA85

CN3

CPC11

Fuse

CN4

Fan

CA81A HDD-1

CPD11B HDD POWER

CPE11C HDD FAN

60mm Fan

CPE11B

LCD

Uni

t

Touch Panel Controller PCB CP1 In case of Touch Panel

Sof

t key

(Hor

izon

tal)

Refer to next page (Note 1)

CD37

CA79

In case of 10”/12”LCD

CPD11A FDD POWER

Chipset(GMCH)

Chipset(ICH2)

MemoryDIMM

Chipset(SIO)

Clock Generator

LVDS DV

LVDS RV

JA63 CRT

40mm Fan

Main Board

Backplane Power Board

CPD11C HDD POWER

JA61 MDI I/F

CA81B HDD-2

USB I/FCD46L

MDI Controller

CD41L USB1

CD41M USB2

CPE11A

Power Vtt,Vcore,1.5V,1.8V,

2.5V

1 dot line represents PANEL i for Automotive.

CPD12 JA64

CD38U ETHERNET PHY

CK20

CK21

CK22

(In case of 300i/310i/320i)

CK22

CNA1

Soft key (vertical)

USB

Keyboard and Controller

Touc

h P

anel

CF cardadapter

Page 164: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

1.SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 150 -

NOTE 1 Detail of Inverter

Main board CPC11

10.4” VGA LCD unit

Inverter CN2 CN1

12.1” SVGA LCD unit

15.0” XGA LCD unit

Inverter CP1 CP2CP31

Inverter CN02 CN01CN03 CN04 CN05

In case of 10.4” VGA LCD

In case of 12.1” SVGA

In case of 15.0” XGA LCD

In case of 10.4”SVGA LCD

10.4”SVGA LCD unit

Inverter

CN1CN02

CN03

Page 165: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 151 -

2.LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

AND TOOLS

2 LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES AND TOOLS

Chapter 2, "LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES AND TOOLS", consists of the following sections: 2.1 LIST OF PCBS .........................................................................152 2.2 LIST OF MAINTENANCE UNITS .........................................158 2.3 LIST OF DRAWING NUMBERS FOR CPU AND MEMORY

MAINTENANCE .....................................................................162 2.4 LIST OF MAINTENANCE PARTS.........................................163 2.5 LIST OF MAINTENANCE TOOLS ........................................163

Page 166: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 152 -

2. LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES AND TOOLS

2.1 LIST OF PCBS

2.1.1 Main Board To replace the main board of the PANEL i for maintenance, order a new main board according to the table below after checking the drawing number of the basic unit or main board currently in use.

Pentium III type

CNC Unit LCD TYPE Specification of main board Applied basic unit

10.4” VGA A20B-8100-0930 A20B-8101-0500

A08B-0084-B001 to -B004 A13B-0196-B001 to -B004

10.4” SVGA A20B-8100-0938 A20B-8101-0500

A08B-0084-B061 to -B064 A13B-0196-B061 to -B064

12.1” SVGA A20B-8100-0930 A20B-8101-0500

A08B-0084-B011 to -B014 A13B-0196-B011 to -B014

PANEL i

15.0” XGA A20B-8100-0931 A20B-8101-0501

A08B-0084-B021 , -B023 A13B-0196-B021 , -B023

150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i

PANEL i for Automotive

15.0” XGA A20B-8100-0934 A20B-8101-0506

A08B-0084-B400 to -B403, -B410 to -B413 A13B-0196-B400 to -B403, -B410 to -B413

10.4” VGA A20B-8100-0935 A20B-8101-0505

A08B-0084-B501 to -B504 A13B-0196-B502 , -B504

10.4” SVGA A20B-8100-0939 A20B-8101-0505

A08B-0084-B531 to -B534, -B552, -B554 A13B-0196-B532 , -B534

12.1” SVGA A20B-8100-0935 A20B-8101-0505

A08B-0084-B511 to -B514 A13B-0196-B512 , -B514

PANEL i

15.0” XGA A08B-0084-B521 to -B524, -B572 , -B574 A13B-0196-B522 , -B524

300i /310i /320i

PANEL i for Automotive

15.0” XGA A20B-8100-0936 A20B-8101-0506 A08B-0084-B422 , -B423, -B432 , -B433

A13B-0196-B422 , -B423, -B432 , -B433

NOTE (PANEL i based on Pentium III)

- Note that the direction of the Ethernet connector is reversed, starting with board version 09.

- The drawing number of the main board of Pentium III type is changed to that of a new PCB, starting with shipment in October 2006. So, the old PCB (A20B-8100-093X) cannot be used on a unit where the new PCB (A20B-8101-050X) is used.

- When replacing the main board of the PANEL i based on Pentium III, check the version of BIOS installed on the main board of the PANEL i. If the version is 06 or earlier or the version cannot be identified, replace the BIOS ROM on the main board with a BIOS ROM of the latest version.

For the method of checking the BIOS version, see Section 6.3, "HOW TO BEGIN THE 'BIOS SET-UP'".

- Before use, check that each setting pin described in Subsection 3.2.1, "Settings of the Setting Pins on the Main Board" is set correctly.

Page 167: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 153 -

2.LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

AND TOOLS

Pentium M type

CNC Unit LCD TYPE Specification of main board Applied basic unit

10.4” VGA A20B-8101-0360

A08B-0086-B001 to -B004 A13B-0199-B001 to -B004

A20B-8101-0368

A08B-0086-B061 to -B064 A13B-0199-B061 to -B064

10.4” SVGA

A20B-8101-0368 Overall version 06F or later

A08B-0086-B161 , -B163 A13B-0199-B161 to -B164

A20B-8101-0360 A08B-0086-B011 to -B014 A13B-0199-B011 to -B014

12.1” SVGA

A20B-8101-0360 Overall version 06F or later

A08B-0086-B111 , -B113 A13B-0199-B111 to -B114

A20B-8101-0361 A08B-0086-B021 , -B023 A13B-0199-B021 , -B023, -B024

PANEL i

15.0” XGA

A20B-8101-0361 Overall version 06F or later

A08B-0086-B121 , -B123 A13B-0199-B121 , -B123, -B124

A20B-8101-0364 A08B-0086-B402 , -B403, -B412, -B413 A13B-0199-B402 , -B403, -B412, -B413

150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i

PANEL i for Automotive

15.0” XGA

A20B-8101-0364 Overall version 06F or later

A08B-0086-B702 , -B703, -B712, -B713 A13B-0199-B702 , -B703, -B712, -B713

10.4” VGA A20B-8101-0365

A08B-0086-B501 to -B504 A13B-0199-B502 ,

A20B-8101-0369 A08B-0086-B531 to -B534 A13B-0199-B532 ,

10.4” SVGA

A20B-8101-0369 Overall version 06F or later

A08B-0086-B631 , -B633, -B652, -B654 A13B-0199-B632 , -B634

12.1” SVGA A20B-8101-0365 Overall version 06F or later

A08B-0086-B611 , -B613 A13B-0196-B612 , -B614

A20B-8101-0366 A08B-0086-B521 to -B524 A13B-0199-B522 , -B524

PANEL i

15.0” XGA

A20B-8101-0366 Overall version 06F or later

A08B-0086-B621 , -B623, -B672, -B674 A13B-0199-B622 , -B624

A20B-8101-0366 A08B-0086-B422 , -B423, -B432, -B433 A13B-0199-B422 , -B423, -B432, -B433

300i /310i /320i

PANEL i for Automotive

15.0” XGA

A20B-8101-0366 Overall version 06F or later

A08B-0086-B722 , -B723, -B732, -B733 A13B-0199-B722 , -B723, -B732, -B733

NOTE (PANEL i based on Pentium M)

- Before use, check that each setting pin described in Subsection 3.2.1, "Settings of the Setting Pins on the Main Board" is set correctly.

- The setting of TM7 differs between HDD type and CF card type. When the PCB is shipped from the FANUC factory, TM7 is set for HDD type. When the PCB is to be used for CF card type, be sure to change the setting of TM7.

- The main board of Pentium M type is upgraded to support CF card type (with the overall version upgraded from 05E to 06F). For maintenance of CF card type, use a main board of overall version 06F or later. For maintenance of HDD type, a main board of an earlier version may be used.

Page 168: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 154 -

2. LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES AND TOOLS

2.1.2 Backplane PCB

CNC Specification of backplane PCB

Applied basic unit

Pentium III type 150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i

A20B-8002-0250 A08B-0084-B001 to -B004, -B011 to -B004,A08B-0084-B021 , -B023, -B061 to -B064,A08B-0084-B400 to -B403, -B410 to -B413

A13B-0196-B001 to -B004, -B011 to -B014,A13B-0196-B021 , -B023, -B061 to -B064,A13B-0196-B400 to -B403, -B410 to -B413

300i /310i /320i

A20B-8002-0330 A08B-0084-B422 , -B423, -B432 , -B433, A08B-0084-B501 to -B504, -B511 to -B514,A08B-0084-B521 to -B524, -B531 to -B534,A08B-0084-B552 to -B554, -B572 , -B574

A13B-0196-B422 , -B423, -B432 , -B433, A13B-0196-B502 , -B504, -B512 , A13B-0196-B514 , -B522, -B524 , A13B-0196-B532 , -B534

Pentium M type 150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i

A20B-8002-0251 A08B-0086-B001 to -B004, -B011 to -B014,A08B-0086-B021 , -B023, -B061 to -B064,A08B-0086-B111 , -B113, -B121 , A08B-0086-B123 , -B161, -B163 , A08B-0086-B402 , -B403, -B412 , -B413, A08B-0086-B702 , -B703, -B712 , -B713

A13B-0199-B001 to -B004, -B011 to -B014,A13B-0199-B021 , -B023, -B024 , A13B-0199-B061 to -B064, -B111 to -B114,A13B-0199-B121 , -B123, -B124 , A13B-0199-B161 to -B164, A13B-0199-B402 , -B403, -B412 , -B413, A13B-0199-B702 , -B703, -B712 , -B703

300i /310i /320i

A20B-8002-0331 A08B-0086-B422 , -B423, -B432 , -B433, A08B-0086-B501 to -B504, -B521 to -B524,A08B-0086-B531 to -B534, -B611 , -B613,A08B-0086-B621 , -B623, -B631 , -B633, A08B-0086-B652 , -B654, -B672 , -B674, A08B-0086-B722 , -B723, -B732 , -B733

A13B-0199-B422 , -B423, -B432 , -B433, A13B-0199-B502 , -B504, -B522 , -B524, A13B-0199-B532 , -B534, -B612 , -B614, A13B-0199-B622 , -B624, -B632 , -B634, A13B-0199-B722 , -B723, -B732 , -B733

2.1.3 CF Card Adapter PCB

Name Drawing number for maintenance Parent specification

CF Card Adapter PCB A20B-8002-0660

A08B-0086-H100 A08B-0086-H101 A08B-0086-H102 A08B-0086-H104 A08B-0086-H105

2.1.4 List of CF Cards for Maintenance

Name Drawing number for maintenance Parent specification

CF card (master)

2GB A87L-0001-0197#002GB

A08B-0086-H100 A08B-0086-H101 A08B-0086-H102 A08B-0086-H104 A08B-0086-H105

128MB A87L-0001-0197#128MB A08B-0086-H101 256MB A87L-0001-0197#256MB A08B-0086-H102

1GB A87L-0001-0197#001GB A08B-0086-H104 CF card (slave)

2GB A87L-0001-0197#002GB A08B-0086-H105

Page 169: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 155 -

2.LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

AND TOOLS

2.1.5 Inverter PCB

LCD type

Specification of Inverter PCB

Applied basic unit

10.4”

VGA

A14L-0132-0001#A A08B-0084-B001 to -B004, -B501 to -B504

A08B-0086-B001 to -B004, -B501 to -B504

A13B-0196-B001 to -B004, -B502 , -B504

A13B-0199-B001 to -B004, -B502 , -B504

10.4”

SVGA

A14L-0143-0003 A08B-0084-B061 to -B064, -B552 ,

A08B-0084-B531 to -B534, -B554

A08B-0086-B061 to -B064, -B161 , -B163,

A08B-0086-B531 to -B534, -B631 ,

A08B-0086-B633 , -B652, -B654

A13B-0196-B061 to -B064,

A13B-0196-B532 , -B534

A13B-0199-B061 to -B064, -B161 to -B164

A13B-0199-B532 , -B534,

A13B-0199-B632 , -B634

12.1”

SVGA

A14L-0143-0001#A A08B-0084-B011 to -B014, -B511 to -B514

A08B-0086-B011 to -B014, -B111 , -B113,

A08B-0086-B611 , -B613

A13B-0196-B011 to -B014, -B512 , -B514

A13B-0199-B011 to -B014, -B111 to -B114

A13B-0199-B612 , -B614

15.0”

XGA

A14L-0143-0002 A08B-0084-B021 , -B023,

A08B-0084-B400 to -B403, -B410 to -B413

A08B-0084-B422 , -B423, -B432 , -B433,

A08B-0084-B521 to -B524, -B572 , -B574

A08B-0086-B021 , -B023, -B121 , -B123,

A08B-0086-B402 , -B403, -B412 , -B413,

A08B-0086-B422 , -B423, -B432 , -B433,

A08B-0086-B521 to -B524, -B621 , -B623,

A08B-0086-B672 , -B674,

A08B-0086-B702 , -B703, -B712 , -B713,

A08B-0086-B722 , -B723, -B732 , -B733

A13B-0196-B021 , -B023,

A13B-0196-B400 to -B403, -B410 to -B413

A13B-0196-B422 , -B423, -B432 , -B433,

A13B-0196-B522 , -B524

A13B-0199-B021 , -B023, -B024 ,

A13B-0199-B121 , -B123, -B124 ,

A13B-0199-B402 , -B403, -B412 , -B413,

A13B-0199-B422 , -B423, -B432 , -B433,

A13B-0199-B522 , -B524, -B622 , -B624,

A13B-0199-B702 , -B703, -B712 , -B713,

A13B-0199-B722 , -B723, -B732 , -B733

Page 170: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 156 -

2. LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES AND TOOLS

2.1.6 Touch Panel PCB

CNC Unit

Specification of touch panel PCB

Applied basic unit

PANEL i A20B-8001-0621 A08B-0084-B003 to 4,A08B-0084-B023, -B063 to 4 A08B-0086-B003 to 4,A08B-0086-B023, -B063 to 4, A08B-0086-B113, -B123, -B163

A13B-0196-B003 to 4, -B013 to 4,A13B-0196-B023, -B063 to 4 A13B-0199-B003 to 4, -B013 to 4,A13B-0199-B023 to 4, -B063 to 4,A13B-0199-B113 to 4, -B123 to 4,A13B-0199-B163 to 4

150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i

PANEL i for Automotive

A20B-8002-0312 A08B-0084-B401, -B403, A08B-0084-B411, -B413 A08B-0086-B403, -B413, A08B-0086-B703, -B713

A13B-0196-B401, -B403, A13B-0196-B411, -B413 A13B-0199-B403, -B413, A13B-0199-B703, -B713

A20B-8002-0310 A08B-0084-B513 to 4 A13B-0196-B514 PANEL i A08B-0084-B503 to 4, -B523 to 4 A08B-0084-B533 to 4, -B554, -B574A08B-0086-B503 to 4, -B523 to 4, A08B-0086-B533 to 4, -B613, -B623,A08B-0086-B633, -B654, -B674

A13B-0196-B504, -B524, A13B-0196-B534 A13B-0199-B504, -B524, A13B-0199-B534, -B614, A13B-0199-B624, -B634

300i /310i /320i

PANEL i for Automotive

A20B-8002-0312

A08B-0084-B423, -B433 A08B-0086-B423, -B433, A08B-0086-B723, -B733

A13B-0196-B423, -B433 A13B-0199-B423, -B433, A13B-0199-B723, -B733

NOTE Starting with shipment in July 2007, the

specifications of touch panel PC boards are changed to new ones. An LCD unit with a touch panel of the new specification cannot be used with a touch panel PCB of the old specification, and an LCD unit with a touch panel of the old specification cannot be used with a touch panel PCB of the new specification. For maintenance of the touch panel, refer to Technical Report, "A-95201: Change of LCD units and PCB for touch screen function".

Page 171: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 157 -

2.LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

AND TOOLS

2.1.7 Other PCB

Name Unit Specification of PCB Applied basic unit

Power supply PCB (Common to All unit) A20B-2100-0920 (Common)

I/O Link adapter PCB PANEL i for Automotive

A20B-8002-0270A08B-0084-B410 to 1 A13B-0196-B410 to 1

I/O Link adapter 2 PCB PANEL i for Automotive

A20B-8002-0500

A08B-0084-B412 to 3, -B432 to 3 A08B-0086-B412 to 3, -B432 to 3,A08B-0086-B712 to 3, -B732 to 3 A13B-0196-B412 to 3, -B432 to 3 A13B-0199-B412 to 3, -B432 to 3,A13B-0199-B712 to 3, -B732 to 3

Soft key adapter PCB PANEL i for Automotive

A20B-1008-0320A08B-0084-B410 to 1 A13B-0196-B410 to 1

Page 172: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 158 -

2. LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES AND TOOLS

2.2 LIST OF MAINTENANCE UNITS

2.2.1 Drive Unit

Name Unit Specification of Maintenance Unit

Supplied Order Specification Remark

PANEL i for 150i /160i/180i /210i

A08B-0082-C102#*

A08B-0084-H100

PANEL i for Automotive

A08B-0084-C120#*

A08B-0084-H120

A08B-0084-C130#* A08B-0084-H130 In other case of below condition

3.5” HDD Unit (Note)

PANEL i for 300i /310i/320i A08B-0084-C131#* A08B-0084-H131 In case of 10.4” LCD

and QWERTY MDI FDD Unit (Common to All unit) A02B-0207-C009 ----- Panel Mount Type. FDD Cables (Common to All unit) A02B-0207-K801 ----- Length = 1m. FDD (Common to All unit) A08B-0084-K001 ----- Only FDD.

CD-ROM Drive Unit PANEL i for Automotive

A08B-0084-K010 ----- Only CD-ROM drive.

FDD & CD-ROM Unit PANEL i for Automotive

A08B-0084-C480 A08B-0084-J020 FDD and CD-ROM drive combined into one unit

NOTE 1 Specification of 3.5” HDD Unit may be updated. 2 For maintenance of the HDD unit, refer to

Technical Report, "A-73306E: Maintenance of HDD UNIT for OPEN CNC".

3 HDD unit is included fan unit for HDD, but is not included signal/power cables.

CAUTION

HDD, FDD or CD-ROM drive without FANUC designation may not work properly.

Page 173: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 159 -

2.LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

AND TOOLS

2.2.2 Base Unit

Pentium III type

Unit CNC LCD type

I/O Link adapter

Soft key

Touch panel

Specification ofbase unit (Note) Applied unit

× × A08B-0084-D001 A08B-0084-B001 A13B-0196-B001 × A08B-0084-D002 A08B-0084-B002 A13B-0196-B002 × A08B-0084-D005 A08B-0084-B003 A13B-0196-B003

10.4” LCD (VGA)

None

A08B-0084-D006 A08B-0084-B004 A13B-0196-B004 × × A08B-0084-D061 A08B-0084-B061 A13B-0196-B061 × A08B-0084-D062 A08B-0084-B062 A13B-0196-B062 × A08B-0084-D065 A08B-0084-B063 A13B-0196-B063

10.4” LCD (SVGA)

None

A08B-0084-D066 A08B-0084-B064 A13B-0196-B064 × × A08B-0084-D015 A08B-0084-B011 A13B-0196-B011 × A08B-0084-D016 A08B-0084-B012 A13B-0196-B012 × A08B-0084-D036 A08B-0084-B013 A13B-0196-B013

12.1” LCD

None

A08B-0084-D037 A08B-0084-B014 A13B-0196-B014 × × A08B-0084-D025 A08B-0084-B021 A13B-0196-B021

PANEL i 150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i

15.0” LCD

None × A08B-0084-D038 A08B-0084-B023 A13B-0196-B023 × × A08B-0084-D501 A08B-0084-B501 × A08B-0084-D502 A08B-0084-B502 A13B-0196-B502 × A08B-0084-D505 A08B-0084-B503

10.4” LCD (VGA)

None

A08B-0084-D506 A08B-0084-B504 A13B-0196-B504 × × A08B-0084-D531 A08B-0084-B531

×A08B-0084-D532 A08B-0084-B532 A13B-0196-B532

A08B-0084-B552 × A08B-0084-D535 A08B-0084-B533

10.4” LCD (SVGA)

None

A08B-0084-D536 A08B-0084-B534 A13B-0196-B534

A08B-0084-B554 × × A08B-0084-D511 A08B-0084-B511 × A08B-0084-D512 A08B-0084-B512 A13B-0196-B512 × A08B-0084-D513 A08B-0084-B513

12.1” LCD

None

A08B-0084-D514 A08B-0084-B514 A13B-0196-B514 × × A08B-0084-D525 A08B-0084-B521

×A08B-0084-D526 A08B-0084-B522 A13B-0196-B522

A08B-0084-B572 × A08B-0084-D541 A08B-0084-B523

300i /310i /320i

15.0” LCD

None

A08B-0084-D542 A08B-0084-B524 A13B-0196-B524

A08B-0084-B574 × A08B-0084-D420 A08B-0084-B400 A13B-0196-B400 A08B-0084-D424 A08B-0084-B401 A13B-0196-B401

×A08B-0084-D422 A08B-0084-B402 A13B-0196-B402

A08B-0084-B422 A13B-0196-B422

None

A08B-0084-D425 A08B-0084-B403 A13B-0196-B403

A08B-0084-B423 A13B-0196-B423 × A08B-0084-D430 A08B-0084-B410 A13B-0196-B410 A08B-0084-D434 A08B-0084-B411 A13B-0196-B411

×A08B-0084-D432 A08B-0084-B412 A13B-0196-B412

A08B-0084-B432 A13B-0196-B432

PANEL i for Automotive

150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i or 300i /310i /320i

15.0” LCD

Exist

A08B-0084-D435 A08B-0084-B413 A13B-0196-B413

A08B-0084-B433 A13B-0196-B433

Page 174: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 160 -

2. LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES AND TOOLS

Pentium M type

Unit CNC LCD type

I/O Link adapter

Soft key

Touch panel

Specification ofbase unit (Note) Applied unit

× × A08B-0086-D001 A08B-0086-B001 A13B-0199-B001 × A08B-0086-D002 A08B-0086-B002 A13B-0199-B002 × A08B-0086-D005 A08B-0086-B003 A13B-0199-B003

10.4” LCD (VGA)

None

A08B-0086-D006 A08B-0086-B004 A13B-0199-B004

× ×A08B-0086-D061 A08B-0086-B061 A13B-0199-B061

A08B-0086-B161 A13B-0199-B161

×A08B-0086-D062 A08B-0086-B062 A13B-0199-B062

A13B-0199-B162

× A08B-0086-D065 A08B-0086-B063 A13B-0199-B063

A08B-0086-B163 A13B-0199-B163

10.4” LCD (SVGA)

None

A08B-0086-D066 A08B-0086-B064 A13B-0199-B064

A13B-0199-B164

× ×A08B-0086-D011 A08B-0086-B011 A13B-0199-B011

A08B-0086-B111 A13B-0199-B111

×A08B-0086-D012 A08B-0086-B012 A13B-0199-B012

A13B-0199-B112

× A08B-0086-D015 A08B-0086-B013 A13B-0199-B013

A08B-0086-B113 A13B-0199-B113

12.1” LCD

None

A08B-0086-D016 A08B-0086-B014 A13B-0199-B014

A13B-0199-B114

× ×A08B-0086-D021 A08B-0086-B021 A13B-0199-B021

A08B-0086-B121 A13B-0199-B121

× A08B-0086-D025 A08B-0086-B023 A13B-0199-B023

A08B-0086-B123 A13B-0199-B123

150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i

15.0” LCD

None

A08B-0086-D024 A13B-0199-B024 A13B-0199-B124 × × A08B-0086-D501 A08B-0086-B501 × A08B-0086-D502 A08B-0086-B502 A13B-0199-B502 × A08B-0086-D505 A08B-0086-B503

10.4” LCD (VGA)

None

A08B-0086-D506 A08B-0086-B504 A13B-0199-B504 × × A08B-0086-D531 A08B-0086-B531 A08B-0086-B631

×A08B-0086-D532 A08B-0086-B532 A13B-0199-B532

A08B-0086-B652 A13B-0199-B632 × A08B-0086-D535 A08B-0086-B533 A08B-0086-B633

10.4” LCD (SVGA)

None

A08B-0086-D536 A08B-0086-B534 A13B-0199-B534

A08B-0086-B654 A13B-0199-B634 × × A08B-0086-D511 A08B-0086-B611 × A08B-0086-D512 A13B-0199-B612× A08B-0086-D513 A08B-0086-B613

12.1” LCD

None

A08B-0086-D514 A13B-0199-B614× × A08B-0086-D521 A08B-0086-B521 A08B-0086-B621

×A08B-0086-D522 A08B-0086-B522 A13B-0199-B522

A08B-0086-B672 A13B-0199-B622 × A08B-0086-D525 A08B-0086-B523 A08B-0086-B623

PANEL i

300i /310i /320i

15.0” LCD

None

A08B-0086-D526 A08B-0086-B524 A13B-0199-B524

A08B-0086-B674 A13B-0199-B624

Page 175: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 161 -

2.LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

AND TOOLS

(Continued)

Pentium M type

Unit CNC LCD type

I/O Link adapter

Soft key

Touch panel

Specification ofbase unit (Note) Applied unit

× A08B-0086-D401

A08B-0086-B402 A13B-0199-B402 A08B-0086-B422 A13B-0199-B422 A08B-0086-B702 A13B-0199-B702 A08B-0086-B722 A13B-0199-B722

None

A08B-0086-D405

A08B-0086-B403 A13B-0199-B403 A08B-0086-B423 A13B-0199-B423 A08B-0086-B703 A13B-0199-B703 A08B-0086-B723 A13B-0199-B723

× A08B-0086-D403

A08B-0086-B412 A13B-0199-B412 A08B-0086-B432 A13B-0199-B432 A08B-0086-B712 A13B-0199-B712 A08B-0086-B732 A13B-0199-B732

PANEL i for Automotive

150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i

or

300i /310i /320i

15.0” LCD

Exist

A08B-0086-D406

A08B-0086-B413 A13B-0199-B413 A08B-0086-B433 A13B-0199-B433 A08B-0086-B713 A13B-0199-B713 A08B-0086-B733 A13B-0199-B733

NOTE *1 Base Unit is a Unit that main PCB, backplane PCB,

power supply PCB, inverter PCB, and rear cover are excluded from Basic Unit. Consequently this unit consists chiefly of base plate, LCD unit, plastic front cover, touch panel and soft key.

Page 176: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 162 -

2. LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES AND TOOLS

2.3 LIST OF DRAWING NUMBERS FOR CPU AND MEMORY MAINTENANCE

Name Specification of maintenance parts

Applied order specification

Pentium III type

Celeron 733 MHz A08B-0084-C210 A08B-0084-H010

Pentium III 866 MHz A08B-0084-C220 A08B-0084-H020 CPU

Pentium III 1260 MHz A08B-0084-C230 A08B-0084-H030

128 MB A76L -0500-0020 A08B-0084-H001

256 MB A76L -0500-0021 A08B-0084-H002 Main memory

512 MB A76L -0500-0022 A08B-0084-H003

Name Specification of maintenance parts

Applied order specification

Pentium M type

Celeron M 1.3 GHz A08B-0086-C210 A08B-0086-H010 CPU

Pentium M 1.6 GHz A08B-0086-C220 A08B-0086-H020

256 MB A76L -0500-0026 A08B-0086-H001

512 MB A76L -0500-0027 A08B-0086-H002 Main memory

1 GB A76L -0500-0028 A08B-0086-H003

NOTE 1 The 256MB main memory cannot be used for CF

card type. 2 When replacing the memory module of the

PANEL i based on Pentium III without replacing the main board, check the version of BIOS installed on the main board of the PANEL i. If the version is 06 or earlier or the version cannot be identified, replace the BIOS ROM on the main board with a BIOS ROM of the latest version. For the method of checking the version of BIOS, see Section 6.3, "HOW TO BEGIN THE 'BIOS SET-UP'".

Page 177: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 163 -

2.LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

AND TOOLS

2.4 LIST OF MAINTENANCE PARTS

Name Specification of

maintenance parts

Quantity

Fuse A08B-0084-K020 1 Battery A02B-0200-K102 1 40mm fan unit for base unit. A08B-0084-K100 1 60mm fan unit for base unit A08B-0084-K101 1 Fan unit for HDD unit A08B-0084-K102 1 Pen for Touch Panel ----- A02B-0236-K111 1

10.4” LCD for 300i/310i/300i or for 160i /180i /210i with soft key

A02B-0236-K110 1

10.4” LCD for 160i /180i /210i without soft key

A02B-0236-K130 1

12.1” LCD A02B-0236-K118 1

Protection Sheet for touch panel

15.0” LCD A08B-0082-K020 1

2.5 LIST OF MAINTENANCE TOOLS Following tools may be needed to install the application software or maintenance.

Name Specification 101 Type A86L-0001-0210 Full Keyboard

(PS/2 I/F) 106 Type A86L-0001-0211 Mouse (PS/2 I/F) A86L-0001-0212

Page 178: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 164 -

3. CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB

3 CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB

Chapter 3, "CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB", consists of the following sections: 3.1 PARTS LAYOUT.....................................................................165 3.2 ADJUSTMENT.........................................................................170 3.3 LED DISPLAY .........................................................................177

Page 179: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 165 -

3.CONFIGURATION ANDSETTING OF THE PCB

3.1 PARTS LAYOUT

3.1.1 Main Board

(1) Pentium III type (A20B-8100-093X)

LED

CA81B CA81A

CD34

CD38U

JD33

JD46

JD9

JA63

CD32U (Upper) CD32L (Lower)

CD

41L

CD

41M

DIM

M S

ocke

t (SD

-RAM

)

CP

C11

CD37

CPU Socket

BIOS ROM

Chipset1 (GMCH)

Chipset2(ICH2)

Chipset3SIO

PCMCIA Controller

JA64

CPD

12

CA8

2

TM1 TM2 (TM18)TM3 TM4

GR

3 G

R5

GR

2 G

R4

GR

4

RE

2

RE

3

RE

1 G

R1 Setting plugs

JA61

CA7

9

CA85

VR1

CK

20

CK

21

CA

86

CK2

2

CK23

CD

46L

TM5 Setting plugs

Main board (A20B-8100-093X) Parts Layout

Page 180: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 166 -

3. CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB

(2) Pentium III type (A20B-8101-050X)

Main board (A20B-8101-050X) Parts Layout

LED

CA81B

CA81A

CD34

JD33

JD46

JD9

JA63

CD32U (Upper) CD32L (Lower)

CD

41L

CD

41M

DIM

M S

ocke

t (S

D-R

AM

)

CP

C11

CD37

CPU Socket

BIOS ROM

Chipset1 (GMCH)

Chipset2(ICH2)

Chipset3

SIO

PCMCIA Controller

JA64

CP

D12

CA

82

TM1 TM18 TM3 TM4

GR

3

GR

2

RE

2

R

E3

RE

1

R

E4

GR

1

JA61

CA

79

CA85

CK

20

CK

21

CA

86

CK

22

CD

46L

TM6 TM5 G

R5

TM7

Setting plugs

Setting plugs

GR4 GR6

LED

CD38U

TM19

Setting plugs

Page 181: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 167 -

3.CONFIGURATION ANDSETTING OF THE PCB

(3) Pentium M type (A20B-8101-036X)

LED

CA81B

CA81A

CD34

CD38U

JD33

JD46

JD9

JA63

CD32U (Upper) CD32L (Lower)

CD

41L

CD

41M

DIM

M S

ocke

t (D

DR-S

DR

AM

)

CP

C11

C

D37

CPU Socket

BIOS ROM

Chipset1 (GMCH)

Chipset2 (ICH4)

Chipset3SIO

PCMCIA Controller

JA64

CPD

12

CA8

2

TM1 TM18 TM3 TM4

GR

3 G

R5

GR

2 G

R4

G

R6

R

E2

R

E3

R

E1

R

E4

GR

1

Setting plugs

JA61

CA7

9

CA85

CK

20

CK

21

CA

86

CK2

2 CK23

CD

46L

GR4 GR6

LED TM5

TM7 TM19 (Note) (Note)

(Note)

Main board (A20B-8101-036X) Parts Layout

NOTE GR4, GR6 (single LED) Installed with overall version 04D or earlier TM19 Installed with overall version 05E or later RE4 Installed with overall version 05E or later TM7 Installed with overall version 06F or later

Page 182: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 168 -

3. CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB

3.1.2 Back Panel

(1) For 150i /160i /180i /210i (A20B-8002-025X)

JA64 PC Extension I/F

CA78B PCI Slot 2

PeripheralController

CA78A PCI Slot 1

HSSB Controller

CO

P7

LED

2A

LED

1A

Backplane for 150i/160i/180i/210i (A20B-8002-025X) Parts Layout

(2) For 300i /310i /320i (A20B-8002-033X)

JA64 PC Extension I/F

CA78B PCI Slot 2

HSSB

Controller

CA78A PCI Slot 1

PCI I/F

LED

2A

LED

1A

CO

P21

M

Backplane for 300i/310i/320i (A20B-8002-033X) Parts Layout

Page 183: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 169 -

3.CONFIGURATION ANDSETTING OF THE PCB

3.1.3 Power Supply Board

CPD12

CPD11A

CPD11B

CPD11C

CPE11C

CN

3C

PE

11B

C

PE

11A

CPD14

FU

SE

Power supply PCB (A20B-2100-0920) Parts Layout

Page 184: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 170 -

3. CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB

3.2 ADJUSTMENT

3.2.1 Settings of the Setting Pins on the Main Board

Pentium III type (A20B-8100-093X)

Name Meaning Settings

(Directions are matched with main board parts layout drawings of Chapter 3.)

Remark

Set this pin when using an FDD for this PANEL i. This position is factory-set.

TM1 FDD Mode

Set this pin when using a conventional FANUC FDD.

Board version 03 or earlier

Use these pins as factory-set, regardless of the board version. Do not change the settings. (TM4 may be temporarily set to the right position when the unit is not started.) TM2(TM18)

TM3 TM4

Reserved Board version 04 or later

Set this pin when using a main board for the 10.4”/12.1” LCD type PANEL i with the 12.1” LCD type PANEL i.

TM5 LCD type switching

Set this pin when using a main board for the 10.4”/12.1” LCD type PANEL i with the 10.4” LCD type PANEL i.

NOTE In case of special function settings will be changed.

TM1

TM1

TM18

TM3

TM4

TM5

TM2

TM3

TM4

: Open: Short

: Open: Short

: Open: Short

: Open: Short

TM5

Page 185: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 171 -

3.CONFIGURATION ANDSETTING OF THE PCB

Pentium III type (A20B-8101-050X)

Name Meaning

Settings (Directions are matched with main

board parts layout drawings of Chapter 3.)

Remark

Set this pin when using an FDD for this PANEL i. This position is factory-set.

TM1 FDD Mode

Set this pin when using a conventional FANUC FDD.

TM18 TM3 TM4

Reserved

Use these pins as factory-set, regardless of the board version. Do not change the settings. (TM4 may be temporarily set to the right position when the unit is not started.)

This position is factory-set. Do not change the setting in all cases except when the main board is used with A08B-0084-B55X or A08B-0084-B57X.

TM19 (Note 1)

Support for PANEL i for the Ethernet display

function

Change the setting to this position when using the main board with A08B-0084-B55X or A08B-0084-B57X. If this pin is not set correctly, pressing of MDI keys and soft keys may be disabled or an invalid MDI key or soft key is input.

These pins are set for the main board for 10.4” VGA/10.4” SVGA/12.1” SVGA LCD type PANEL i. Set the pins to these positions when using the main board with the 10.4” VGA LCD type PANEL i.

These pins are set for the main board for 10.4” VGA/10.4” SVGA/12.1” SVGA LCD type PANEL i. Set the pins to these positions when using the main board with the 10.4” SVGA LCD type PANEL i.

TM5 TM6

(Note 2)

LCD type switching

These pins are set for the main board for 10.4” VGA/10.4” SVGA/12.1” SVGA LCD type PANEL i. Set the pins to these positions when using the main board with the 12.1” SVGA LCD type PANEL i.

This position is factory-set. Do not change the setting in all cases except when the main board is used with A13B-0196-B123. TM7

(Note 3) CF card type

switching

Set the pin to this position when using A20B-8101-0501 with A13B-0196-B123. If this pin is not set correctly, the HDD fan alarm is issued.

NOTE 1 This pin is installed on the main boards of

A20B-8101-0505 and A20B-8101-0506 only. 2 These pins are set as indicated here on the main boards

of A20B-8101-0500 and A20B-8101-0505. Change the settings according to the LCD type of the unit.

3 This pin is installed on the main board of A20B-8101-0501 only.

TM18

TM3

TM4

TM19

TM19

TM6 TM5

TM6 TM5

TM6 TM5

TM7

TM7

: Open: Short

: Open: Short

: Open: Short

: Open: Short

TM1

TM1

: Open: Short

Page 186: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 172 -

3. CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB

NOTE The pin is set as indicated here on the main boards

of A20B-8101-0360 and A20B-8101-0365. Change the setting according to the LCD type of the unit.

Pentium M type (A20B - 8101 - 036X)

Name Meaning

Settings (Directions are matched with main

board parts layout drawings of Chapter 3.)

Remark

Set this pin when using an FDD for this PANEL i. This position is factory-set.

TM1 FDD Mode

Set this pin when using a conventional FANUC FDD.

TM18 TM3 TM4

Reserved

Use the factory settings without changing them. (TM4 may be temporarily set to the right position when the unit is not started.)

10.4” VGA LCD setting (2 pins for 04D or earlier and 3 pins for 05E or later)

TM5 (Note)

LCD type switching

12.1”SVGA LCD setting This position is factory-set. (2 pins for 04D or earlier and 3 pins for 05E or later)

This position is factory-set. Do no change the settingin all cases except when the main board is used with the CF card type PANEL i.

TM7 CF card type

switching

Use this setting when the main board is used with the CF card type PANEL i. If this pin is not set correctly, the HDD fan alarm is issued.

This position is factory-set. Do not change the setting in all cases except when the main board is used with A08B-0086-B65X or A08B-0086-B67X .

TM19

Support for PANEL i for the Ethernet display

function

Change the setting to this position when using the main board with A08B-0086-B65X or A08B-0086-B67X . If this pin is not set correctly, pressing of MDI keys and soft keys may be disabled or an invalid MDI key or soft key is input.

TM9 TM10

Reserved

Use this pin without changing the factory setting, that is, Open.

TM1 : Open: ShortTM1

TM18

TM3

TM4

: Open: Short

TM5

3 pins 2 pins

TM5

3 pins 2 pins

: Open: Short

TM7

TM7

: Open: Short

TM19

TM19

: Open: Short

TM9

TM10 : Open: Short

Page 187: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 173 -

3.CONFIGURATION ANDSETTING OF THE PCB

3.2.2 Settings of the Setting Pins on the CF Card Adapter PCB

3.2.3 Setting of Variable Register

NOTE VR1: Video signal adjusting Register for 15”LCD. Never change because this is set as best setting.

NOTE TM3, TM4: Use the factory

settings without changing them.

CA84B

CA84A

CA81

TM4

TM3

VR1

Page 188: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 174 -

3. CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB

3.2.4 Changing the Windows Device Driver As the main board is changed from A20B-8100-093X to A20B-8101-050X or from A20B-8101-036X overall version 04D or earlier to A20B-8101-036X overall version 05E, the specification of the PCMCIA controller installed on the main board is changed. (A20B-8100-093X, A20B-8101-036X overall version 04D or earlier) R5C478 (II) manufactured by Ricoh (A20B-8101-050X, A20B-8101-036X overall version 05E or later) PCI-1510 manufactured by Texas Instruments As the controller is replaced with a new one, the Windows device driver for the new controller becomes necessary. When the Windows OS is initially started after the controller is replaced, the Windows OS recognizes the new controller and automatically installs the device driver for the new controller. The device driver for the new controller is automatically installed, so that no particular operation by the user is needed. When Windows XP is used, the icon and dialog box shown below may be displayed on the task bar but disappear automatically after installation.

• Modifications in the device manager

- When Windows 2000 is used (A20B-8100-093X) Ricoh R / RL / RB / 5C478 (II), R5C522 or Compatible

CardBus Controller (A20B-8101-050X) General-purpose card bus controller - When Windows XP is used (A20B-8100-093X, A20B-8101-036X overall version 04D

or earlier) Ricoh R / RL / RB5C478 (II), R5C522 or Compatible

CardBus Controller (A20B-8101-050X, A20B-8101-036X overall version 05E

or later) Texas Instruments PCI-1510 CardBus Controller

Page 189: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 175 -

3.CONFIGURATION ANDSETTING OF THE PCB

Operation of the PCMCIA card after the controller is changed The driver software itself remains unchanged after the controller is changed. So, it is considered that the general operation of the PCMCIA card is not affected. For safety, however, the operation of a PCMCIA card used daily, if any, should be checked.

3.2.5 Changing the Setting of Windows When using the PANEL i based on Pentium III, be sure to make the following modification to the setting if Windows 2000/XP is reinstalled: (1) Open "Power Options" in Control Panel. The screen shown

below is displayed. (2) Select the "Power Schemes" tag then select "Never" from the list

box located on the right of "Turn off monitor". Next, click "OK" to close the "Power Options" dialog box.

Display in the case of Windows 2000

Page 190: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 176 -

3. CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB

Display in the case of Windows XP

NOTE 1 If this modification to the setting of Windows is not

made, the display color of the screen may become abnormal in rare cases.

2 Disable the power saving function. However, enable the screen saver function to protect against an image persistence of the LCD panel.

Page 191: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 177 -

3.CONFIGURATION ANDSETTING OF THE PCB

3.3 LED DISPLAY

3.3.1 LED on Main Board <1> PANEL i based on Pentium III (A20B-8100-093X) and PANEL i based on Pentium M (A20B-8101-036X overall version 04D or earlier) <2> PANEL i based on Pentium III (A20B-8101-050X) and PANEL i based on Pentium M (A20B-8101-036X overall version 05E or later)

Name1 Name2 Color Status RE1 TRM Red Thermal Alarm. Thermal is not in regulated range. RE2 BAT Red Battery alarm. The battery on PANEL i is exhausted. Please exchange it. RE3 FAN Red One of the two fans for the basic unit or the HDD fan has stopped. Replace

the fan. In the case of CF card type, no HDD fan is needed. No fan alarm is issued even when no connection is made. Note) If this LED is turned on even when the fan is rotating with no

indication provided on the screen, the cause may not be a fan failure mentioned above but may be the main unit being placed in the reset state without being started normally. In such a case, the main board or power PCB may be defective.

RE2

R

E3

RE1

GR

5 G

R4

GR

6 G

R3

GR

2

GR

1 CD

32

CD

41M

R

E2

RE3

R

E1

RE

4

GR

5 G

R3

GR

2

GR

1

CD

32 CD

41M

GR4 GR6

CD38U

Page 192: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 178 -

3. CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB

Name1 Name2 Color Status RE4 S5 Red This indicates power-off state (Soft Off).

Note) Usually, the state where this LED is turned on never lasts. The state where this LED is turned on may last for a cause such as a setting error. In such a case, clear the contents of the CMOS by setting TM4 temporarily to the right position. (See Subsection 3.2.1, "Setting of the Setting Pins on the Main Board".)

GR1 5V Green Power on LED.(+5V). GR2 HDD Green HDD access LED. GR3 PCM Green PCMCIA access LED. GR4 LINK Green Ethernet link LED. GR5 100M Green Ethernet 100MHz link LED. GR6 ACT Green Ethernet activity LED.

3.3.2 LED on Backplane PCB

In case of Backplane for 150i /160i /180i /210i (A20B-8002-025X)

Name1 Color Status

LED1A Red HSSB is not ready LED1B Green CNC status is normal.

In case of Backplane for 300i /310i /320i (A20B-8002-033X)

Name1 Color Status

LED1A Red Parity Alarm on Backplane. LED1B Green HSSB is ready

Page 193: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 179 -

3.CONFIGURATION ANDSETTING OF THE PCB

3.3.3 LED on the Front Side of the PANEL i for Automotive

LED display 1 ABC : Turned on for A to Z. Turned off for F1 to F26. 2 CAPS LOCK : Turned on for CAPS LOCK 3 POWER : Turned on when power (5V of PS2KB) is supplied 4 HDD or CARD : Access lamp for the HDD or CF card 5 STATUS : Green for normal state. Orange for temperature

alarm. Turned off for battery alarm. Red for temperature alarm and battery alarm issued simultaneously.

CF card type HDD type

CARD

Page 194: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 180 -

4. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4 MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

Chapter 4, "MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)", consists of the following sections: 4.1 OVERVIEW .............................................................................181 4.2 CHANGING START SEQUENCES........................................183 4.3 EXPLANATION OF SCREENS..............................................184 4.4 OTHER SCREENS...................................................................189

Page 195: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 181 -

4.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4.1 OVERVIEW When the Series 150i /160i /180i /210i / 300i /310i /320i is used or the CNC is connected to the PC over HSSB, Ncboot32.exe can be used for the maintenance of the CNC.

NOTE When the CNC is connected to the PC over

Ethernet, use the standard LCD/MDI for the maintenance of the CNC.

Ncboot32.exe provides the following functions: • BOOT screen (for CNC system data maintenance, SRAM backup,

and so forth) • IPL screen (for clearing SRAM, and so forth) • Display of the CNC power-on screen • Display of CNC alarm screen • Re-connection in case of the occurrence of a communication

error • Start of a registered application program • Automatic display of the BOOT/IPL screen during the next

startup of the CNC (for the Series 300i/310i/320i only) Ncboot32.exe is copied to the System 32 folder of Windows during driver installation. At the start of Windows, Ncboot32.exe starts automatically, and resides in the system tray.

(Icon at the center)

Supplementary 1: Multi-connection Ncboot32.exe supports HSSB multi-connection. The CNCs connected by HSSB are managed as nodes. The boot, IPL, and system alarm screens are displayed in windows that are opened independently for each node. Supplementary 2: Termination method Normally, Ncboot32.exe need not be terminated. If you need to terminate it, however, see the "System tray" explanation, below: Display the popup menu and select "End". When the Ncboot32.exe window is open, "End" cannot be selected.

Page 196: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 182 -

4. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

System tray Right-click the icon in the system tray, and the popup menu, shown below, appears at the lower left corner of the screen.

Selecting [Open] causes the status screen to open. Selecting [About] causes the version information dialog box to appear. Selecting [End] causes Ncboot32.exe to terminate. Double-clicking the icon in the system tray causes Open in the menu to be automatically selected.

Page 197: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 183 -

4.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4.2 CHANGING START SEQUENCES Placing the rotary switch on the HSSB board in the option slot to the 0 position (for the Series 150i /160i /180i /210i /Power Mate i) or the rotary switch on the CNC main board to the F position (for the Series 300i /310i /320i) allows you to perform maintenance using the BOOT and IPL screens. During normal operation (rotary switch 2 (for Series 150i /160i /180i /210i /Power Mate i), rotary switch 0 (for Series 300i /310i /320i)) 1. The CNC starts without waiting for communication to be

established. (The CNC (Series 300i/310i/320i) starts after communication is

established. When old boot software is used, however, the CNC may start without waiting for communication to be established.)

2. After communication is established, the PC performs initialization described below.

3. Initialize the work area for the FOCAS1/2 library. 4. Start a registered application program. 5. Perform monitoring for communication errors and CNC system

alarms. During maintenance (rotary switch 0 (for Series 150i /160i /180i /210i /Power Mate i), rotary switch F (for Series 300i /310i /320i)) 1. Wait until HSSB communication with the CNC is established. 2. Display the boot screen. 3. Display the IPL screen. 4. Display the CNC power-on screen. 5. Initialize the work area for the FOCAS1/2 library. 6. Start a registered application program. 7. Perform monitoring for communication errors and CNC system

alarms.

NOTE For CNC maintenance operation, a keyboard is

required with the personal computer.

Page 198: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 184 -

4. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4.3 EXPLANATION OF SCREENS

NOTE To open each screen of Ncboot32.exe, you are

recommended to use either the mouse or touch panel.

4.3.1 BOOT Screen

The area where the file is to be placed can be changed by using the [Setting...] button.

Select the memory card on the CNC or the PANEL i folder. The file location may be changed at any time. "Memory Card on CNC": Specify the memory card slot of the CNC. "Folder": Specify a folder on the PC. To use the memory card slot beside PANEL i, select "Folder" and specify the drive name given to the memory card by Windows.

Page 199: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 185 -

4.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4.3.1.1 System data manipulation The following screen is used for manipulating system data (including control software and ladder programs) on the NC.

[Load...] opens the file selection screen. Specify a file to be loaded. [Save] saves the selected NC system data in a file. [Check] checks the selected NC system data. [Delete] deletes the selected NC system data.

Page 200: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 186 -

4. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4.3.1.2 SRAM operation This screen is used to store and restore NC SRAM data.

[Backup]: Saves SRAM data to a file. [Restore]: Restore SRAM data from a file.

The progress of the operation is indicated in the lower part of the screen. The name of the backup file is automatically determined according to the SRAM size and cannot be changed. Fort the Series 300i/310i/320i, the CNC has the function of automatically saving the data of SRAM in FROM (boot software version 60W1-07 and later). The PC can restore the data that was saved automatically to SRAM. Press the [AutoBackup...] button to display the following screen.

Select a saved image under "Name" and press the [Restore] button to restore the SRAM data of the CNC.

Page 201: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 187 -

4.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4.3.1.3 File operation The following screen is used for operating files on a memory card in the CNC or in a folder of the PANEL i.

[Delete] deletes a selected file. [Format] formats the memory card. This button is valid when the memory card is selected by [Setting...] [Refresh] updates the file list to the latest state. After changing memory cards or floppy disks, click this button.

Page 202: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 188 -

4. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4.3.2 IPL Screen

NOTE The contents of the IPL screen vary depending on

the CNC model. Follow the instructions displayed in the menu.

Page 203: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 189 -

4.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4.4 OTHER SCREENS

4.4.1 CNC Alarm Screen

This screen appears when a system alarm is issued in the CNC. (The above screen is an example. The displayed information varies depending on the system alarm issued in the CNC.)

Page 204: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 190 -

4. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4.4.2 Status Screen To open the status screen, double-click the icon in the system tray. Alternatively, in the menu popped up by right-clicking, click OPEN.

Node: Node number Name: Node name. (Define the node name in advance by using the

HSSB applet on the control panel.) Bus: Hardware communication status (0: Communication error, 1:

Communication established) Status: Status (in hexadecimal)

CNC of Series 300i/310i/320i CNC other than Series 300i/310i/320i

Bit2: End of boot processing Bit3: End of IPL processing Bit4: Rotary switch position 0 Bit5: Display of 30 lines on

IPL/system alarm screen Bit8: CNC system alarm

Bit1: Rotary switch position 1 Bit2: End of boot processing Bit3: End of IPL processing Bit4: Rotary switch position 2 Bit5: Internal display interface in use (Series 150i only) Bit6: Connection with HSSB Port 2 Bit8: CNC system alarm

Pop up this window on communication error: By checking this item, this screen is opened automatically when a communication error occurs. Clicking the [Close] button closes the screen. Clicking the [Setting...] button opens the option setting screen. Clicking the [About...] button opens the version information screen.

Page 205: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 191 -

4.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

4.4.3 Option Setting Screen On the option setting screen, an application program can be registered. A program that uses FOCAS1/2 becomes operable only when the program is started after communication is established with the NC. (If an application program is registered with Start-up, the application program may not be started normally.) So, to start an application program immediately after Windows is started, register the application program with NCBoot32.exe. Clicking the [Settings...] button on the status screen causes the option setting screen to open. On the option setting screen, an application must be registered with each node that requires it. Moreover, a setting can be made to call the boot/IPL screen at the next start time.

[Node] selects a node. In the list box in the center of the screen, the programs registered for the selected node are displayed. [New...] registers a new program. When a blank character is included in the path, it is enclosed with double quotation marks. [Remove] deletes a selected line. [Edit] allows editing of a selected line. This button is used to edit arguments. The character string %d in the command line is replaced by a node number. To represent % itself, describe %%. Example: To start the CNC screen display function after FOCAS2

starts at that node, code the following: “C:¥Program Files¥CNCScreen¥CNCScrn.exe” /Node=%d

Page 206: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 192 -

4. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (BOOT-UP AND IPL)

For the Series 300i/310i/320i, to set the display of the BOOT/IPL screen during the next startup of the CNC, select the "Boot Option" tab on the option setting screen.

If a CNC that is not grayed out is checked, the BOOT/IPL screen appears during the next startup of the CNC, regardless of the setting of the rotary switch on the CNC side. This display setting is enabled only once and automatically cleared by Ncboot32.exe.

Page 207: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 193 -

5.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)

5 MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)

Chapter 5, "MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)", consists of the following sections: 5.1 OVERVIEW .............................................................................194 5.2 EXPLANATION OF SCREENS..............................................195 5.3 LOG OUTPUT FUNCTION.....................................................201

Page 208: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 194 -

5. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)

5.1 OVERVIEW The hardware monitor (HardMntr.exe) monitors the following during PANEL i operation: • CPU temperature abnormality • CPU fan alarm • HDD fan alarm • Main unit (power supply ) fan alarm • Ambient temperature abnormality on the high temperature side

(55°C) • Ambient temperature abnormality on the low temperature side

(5°C) • CMOS battery alarm When a PANEL i fault occurs, the following operations can be performed by setting: • Windows shutdown processing • Notification of abnormal state to all applications • PMC signal change

NOTE 1 Some types of PANEL i do not have a HDD fan

and CMOS battery and do not allow an ambient temperature abnormality on the low temperature side to be checked.

2 The hardware monitor is a function dedicated to the PANEL i, so that the hardware monitor cannot be used on general personal computers.

When Windows is started, the hardware monitor automatically starts and resides on the system tray. Method of quitting the hardware monitor Usually, the user need not quit the hardware monitor. To quit the hardware monitor, however, right-click the icon on the system tray then click "Exit" on the pop-up menu.

NOTE To open the hardware monitor screen, the mouse

is needed.

Page 209: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 195 -

5.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)

5.2 EXPLANATION OF SCREENS

5.2.1 Monitor Screen Double-click or right-click the icon on the system tray to display a pop-up menu. Next, click "Open" on the pop-up menu to display the monitor screen. This screen is automatically displayed when an alarm or warning is issued or when the alarm state has changed.

"Status" : Status 1 : Normal : Warning : Alarm (without Windows shutdown) : Alarm (with Windows shutdown) "Item": Those items that are under monitoring are displayed. CPU Temperature : CPU temperature monitoring CPU Fan : CPU fan monitoring HDD Fan : HDD fan monitoring(Note 1) Case Fan : Main unit (power supply) fan

monitoring Ambient Temperature : Ambient temperature abnormality

monitoring CMOS Battery : CMOS battery monitoring(Note 1) Note 1) Not displayed when a HDD fan or a CMOS battery is not installed. "Condition": Status 2 The status of each item is displayed. CPU Temperature : CPU temperature is indicated by

Celsius. CPU Fan : "OK" for normal status. "Stopped" for

abnormal status. HDD Fan : "OK" for normal status. "Stopped" for

abnormal status.

Page 210: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 196 -

5. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)

Case Fan : "OK" for normal status. "Stopped" for abnormal status.

Ambient Temperature : "Normal" for normal status. "High" for abnormally high temperature/"Low" for abnormally low temperature.

CMOS Battery : "Normal" for normal status. "Low" for low level.

[Close]: The screen is closed by clicking this button. The field at the bottom of the screen displays the following information: When the condition is normal:

When a warning is issued:

When an alarm is issued: (Without Windows shutdown)

When an alarm is issued: (With Windows shutdown)

If an alarm that requires Windows shutdown is issued, the time used until shutdown is indicated together with status information as shown above. To shut down Windows immediately, click the [At Once] button. Even if the monitor screen is closed with the [Close] button, Windows shutdown processing is continued.

Page 211: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 197 -

5.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)

5.2.2 Settings Screen Right-click the icon on the system tray to display a pop-up menu. Next, click "Setting" on the pop-up menu to open the settings screen.

[Windows shutdown at the alarm occurring]:

Set whether to shut down Windows when an alarm is issued. To shut down Windows, set a time (from 3 to 600 seconds) to be used until Windows is shut down. When "Forcibly shutdown is done." is checked, Windows is shut down forcibly. If Windows is forcibly shut down when a file is being edited, the contents of the file may not be saved. When "Forcibly shutdown is done." is not checked, the shutdown processing may be interrupted, depending on the running application.

Page 212: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 198 -

5. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)

[Broadcast message]:

When an alarm is issued, a message is sent to all currently running applications. For an application to use the message, the message "FANUC-HARDWARE-STATUS-MONITOR" needs to be registered with RegisterWindowMessage so that WindowProc can handle the message.

The message parameter wParam indicates an alarm status.

Wparam = Bit0 : CPU temperature abnormality Bit1 : CPU fan alarm Bit2 : HDD fan alarm Bit3 : Main unit (power supply) fan alarm Bit4 : Ambient temperature abnormality on the

high temperature side (55°C) Bit5 : Ambient temperature abnormality on the

low temperature side (5°C) Bit6 : CMOS battery alarm

Parameter 1 Param indicates CPU temperature (Celsius). (Temperature is valid in all cases.)

NOTE If an alarm status change (including a temperature

change in the case of CPU temperature abnormality) occurs, the message is sent. So, an application may receive the message more than once. The message is also sent when an alarm is reset from the alarm status.

Example of use

Step 1 The message is registered when an application is started. In this example, a message ID is saved to the global variable g_uMntrMsg with InitInstance. BOOL CMyApp::InitInstance() g_uMntrMsg = RegisterWindowMessage( "FANUC-HARDWARE-STATUS-MONITOR"); :

Page 213: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 199 -

5.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)

Step 2 The message is handled. The message is sent to the top-level window. The message is not sent to a child window. If the received message matches the message ID saved in Step 1, the alarm issued is processed. LRESULT CMyDlg::WindowProc(UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam) if ((message == g_uMntrMsg) && (wParam & 0x0000007F) ) // Processing for the issued alarm return 0; return CDialog::WindowProc(message, wParam, lParam);

[PMC signal]: The PMC signal set when an alarm is issued is changed. One-byte data is used to turn "on/off" the signal when the alarm status is changed.

Bit0 : CPU temperature abnormality Bit1 : CPU fan alarm Bit2 : HDD fan alarm Bit3 : Main unit (power supply) fan alarm Bit4 : Ambient temperature abnormality on the high

temperature side (55°C) Bit5 : Ambient temperature abnormality on the low

temperature side (5°C) Bit6 : CMOS battery alarm Bit7 : (Not used) NOTE 1 CPU temperature is not posted. 2 On the settings screen, nonexistent signals and

write-protected signals are not checked. 3 To use this function, the HSSB driver needs to be

installed and the FOCAS1/2 library is required.

[Log output]: Set a time interval (1 to 1440 minutes) for periodically outputting the current status as a log after the PANEL i is started, regardless of whether the status is normal or abnormal.

Page 214: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 200 -

5. MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)

5.2.3 EWF Control Screen (for Windows XP Embedded) Right-click the icon on the system tray to display a pop-up menu. Next, click "EWF" on the pop-up menu to open the EWF control screen.

[Current EWF protection]

ENABLE : EWF is enabled presently. (Drive "C:" on the compact flash card is write-protected.)

DISABLE : EWF is disabled presently. (Drive "C:" on the compact card is not write-protected.)

[Next EWF protection]

ENABLE : EWF is enabled when the system is started next time. DISABLE : EWF is disabled when the system is started next time.

[Enable EWF protection] button

EWF is enabled when the system is started next time. [Disable EWF protection] button

EWF is disabled when the system is started next time. [Close] button

Clicking this button closes the screen.

Page 215: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 201 -

5.MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC (HARDWARE MONITOR)

5.3 LOG OUTPUT FUNCTION The hardware monitor outputs a log (HardMntr.log): • When an application is started • At certain time intervals • When an alarm is issued • When an application is quit The contents of a log can be viewed using the log viewer (Fwlog.exe).

Example of log output

Error when or after an application is started

If the hardware monitor driver (mmchwm.sys) is not started yet when an application is started, the following alarm message is displayed and the application is terminated:

If an error occurs with the hardware monitor driver (mmchwm.sys) after an application is started, the following alarm message is displayed and the application is terminated:

Page 216: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.BIOS SETUP MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 202 -

6 BIOS SETUP Chapter 6, "BIOS SETUP", consists of the following sections: 6.1 WHAT IS ‘BIOS SET-UP’.......................................................203 6.2 KEYS USED FOR OPERATION.............................................203 6.3 HOW TO BEGIN THE ‘BIOS SET-UP’..................................204 6.4 METHOD OF RETURNING BIOS SETTINGS TO

FACTORY-SET VALUES.......................................................205 6.5 HOW TO END THE ‘BIOS SET-UP’......................................206 6.6 BIOS DIAGNOSIS MESSAGE................................................207

Page 217: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 6.BIOS SETUP

- 203 -

6.1 WHAT IS ‘BIOS SET-UP’ “BIOS Set-up” is a program to set up BIOS settings, and operating environment for the PANEL i is defined by these BIOS settings. It is unnecessary to run the set-up program normally because default BIOS settings are set at shipping. Use PANEL i with this default environment as far as possible because an inadvertent change to the operating environment may cause a failure. The settings made using BIOS Set-up are stored in the internal memory. A battery is used to preserve the settings stored in the memory.

CAUTION 1 Use PANEL i with default BIOS settings as far as

possible. Fanuc has not checked behavior of PANEL i in

case that any BIOS setting is changed from default settings. So if any setting is changed, make sufficient confirmations.

2 A keyboard is necessary at BIOS setup. Select one of following devices.

- A full keyboard connected to PS/2 port. - A full keyboard connected to USB port. - Front panel of PANEL i for Automotive. MDI unit or soft key is not available. Connect other

full keyboard. 3 Do not change the setting of Quick Boot. Ensure

that the setting remains unchanged from Disabled.

6.2 KEYS USED FOR OPERATION The keys used for set-up have the following functions. - [↓] [↑] keys : Move the cursor to the next or previous item. - [←] [→] keys : Move the cursor to the next or previous menu. - [Enter] key : Select the item on which the cursor is placed. - [ESC] key : Exit. - [-] [+] keys : Change values. - [F1] key : Display helps. - [F9] key : Setup defaults. - [F10] key : Setup previous values

Page 218: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.BIOS SETUP MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 204 -

6.3 HOW TO BEGIN THE ‘BIOS SET-UP’ 1 Finish working and store the data. 2 Turn off and connect a full-keyboard, and turn on again. 3 Press the [F2] key while "Press <F2> to enter SETUP" is

displayed at the bottom of the initial screen.

Initial screen * On the initial screen, data such as the BIOS series/edition and

CPU type can be checked.

4. The BIOS setup utility is started and the main menu screen is displayed. Modify BIOS as needed.

Main menu screen

PhoenixBIOS 4.0 Release 6.0 Copyright 1985-2002 Phoenix Technologies Ltd. All rights Reserved FANUC BIOS, 6150/05 Copyright 2002, FANUC LTD All rights Reserved CPU = Intel (R) Pentium(R) III processor 866MHz 639K System RAM Passed 253M Extended RAM Passed System BIOS shadowed Video BIOS shadowed Fixed Disk 0 : ----- Press <F2> to enter SETUP

BIOS series/edition

CPU type

Press the [F2] key while this message is displayed.

PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Security Power Boot Exit System Time: [02:15:30] System Date: [01/01/2003] Floppy Disk A: [1.44 MB 3 1/2"] Floppy Disk B: [Disabled] Primary Master [MAXTOR 4K020H1] Primary Slave [MATSHITADVD-ROM SR-8588] Secondary Master [None] Secondary Slave [None] CPU Type: Celeron(TM) CPU Speed: 733 MHz System Memory: 640 KB Extended Memory: 128512 KB BIOS Information: FANUC BIOS, 6150/05 F1 Help ↑↓ Select Item ‐/+ Change Values F9 Setup DefaultsEsc Exit ←→ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit

Information reflecting the actual system is displayed.

Page 219: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 6.BIOS SETUP

- 205 -

6.4 METHOD OF RETURNING BIOS SETTINGS TO FACTORY-SET VALUES

BIOS settings can be returned to the factory-set values (default values) by BIOS set-up. Use one of the two methods indicated below. (Note, however, that some units are shipped from the FANUC factory with modifications made to the default values.) (Method 1) Press the [Esc] key several times or select the item of Exit with

the [←] and [→] keys. The Exit menu screen is displayed. Next, select "Load Setup Defaults" then press the [Enter] key.

Exit menu screen

(Method 2) Press the [F9] key. The message "Load default configuration

now?" is displayed. In response to this message, select "Yes".

PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Security Power Boot Exit Exit Saving Changes Exit Discarding Changes Load Setup Defaults Discard Changes Save Changes F1 Help ↑↓ Select Item ‐/+ Change Values F9 Setup DefaultsEsc Exit ←→ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit

Page 220: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.BIOS SETUP MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 206 -

6.5 HOW TO END THE ‘BIOS SET-UP’ Changed settings become effective after saving settings and restarting the system. Select either one of the following methods for saving and restarting. (Method 1) Press the [Esc] key several times or select the item of Exit with

the [←] and [→] keys. The Exit menu screen is displayed. Then select “Exit Saving Changes” and press ENTER key.

Exit menu screen (Method 2) Press F10 key then message as “Save Configuration changes and

exit now?” is displayed. Select “Yes” . To quit the BIOS set-up utility without saving changed settings, select "Exit Discarding Changes" on the menu screen above then press the [Enter] key.

PhoenixBIOS Setup Utility Main Advanced Security Power Boot Exit Exit Saving Changes Exit Discarding Changes Load Setup Defaults Discard Changes Save Changes F1 Help ↑↓ Select Item ‐/+ Change Values F9 Setup DefaultsEsc Exit ←→ Select Menu Enter Select Sub-Menu F10 Save and Exit

Page 221: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 6.BIOS SETUP

- 207 -

6.6 BIOS DIAGNOSIS MESSAGE After turning on the system POST (Power On Self Test) is executed. Diagnosis messages in the following table may be displayed. Marks in item “To be solved” represent as bellow. A: Something of hardware may be failure. Solve these troubles. B: When battery supply is stopped, these messages are displayed

once. If these are displayed time and again, something of hardware may be failure.

Error Code

To be solved BIOS message (Note 1) Description

----- A CPU Temperature Exceeds the Upper Limit – FATAL

The CPU temperature is too high. The radiation fin may not be in contact with the CPU correctly.

----- A Ambient Temperature Exceeds the Upper Limit –FATAL (Note 2)

The ambient temperature is too high. The cabinet may not be cooled normally.

----- A

Ambient Temperature Exceeds the Upper Limit.

The ambient temperature is too high. The cabinet may not be cooled normally. When the ambient temperature returns to within the normal range, the unit is automatically started.

----- A

Ambient Temperature Exceeds the Lower Limit – HDD stopped. (Note 2)

The ambient temperature is too low. Wait until the ambient temperature sufficiently rises. (When the ambient temperature has risen sufficiently, turn on the power again.)

----- A

Ambient Temperature Exceeds the Lower Limit.

The ambient temperature is too low. Wait until the ambient temperature sufficiently rises. When the ambient temperature returns to within the normal range, the unit is automatically started.

----- A CPU Fan Failure. – FATAL The 60-mm-square fan unit for the base unit is stopped. ----- A Case Fan Failure. The 40-mm-square fan unit for the base unit is stopped. ----- A HDD Fan Failure. The HDD fan is stopped. ----- A CMOS Battery Failure. (Note 2) The battery is disconnected or dead.

----- A CMOS Battery Low – Press 'B' Key.

The battery level is too low. Until the battery is replaced, the unit can be operated by pressing the [B] key.

0200 A Failure Fixed Disk The hard disk cannot be recognized normally.

0210 A Stuck Key A keyboard operation error occurred. Check whether a key is held down.

0211 Keyboard error or not connected A keyboard error occurred. Check whether the keyboard is connected normally.

0251 B System CMOS checksum bad – Default configuration used.

A CMOS data check error occurred. So, the unit is started according to the default.

0271 B Check date and time settings The date and time setting is invalid. (This error occurs if battery

power supply is stopped.) Set the correct date and time with the BIOS set-up utility or the setting function of the OS.

0280 B Previous boot incomplete – Default configuration used

The previous start operation was unsuccessful, so the unit is started according to the default.

NOTE 1 BIOS message may be changed by BIOS version. 2 Message displayed on the PANEL i based on

Pentium III with BIOS overall version 5 or earlier

Page 222: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

6.BIOS SETUP MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 208 -

(Continued)

Error Code

To be solved BIOS message (Note 1) Description

----- B

Cursor blinking on the left (After Power On Self Test)

The hard disk is out of order , or the hard disk was not recognized as a boot device. Please do the following operation. <1> The BIOS setup is started, and [←] key is pushed, and please

push [↓] key twice once, select "Load Setup Defaults", and push 'Enter'.

<2> Please select YES and push 'Enter' if it is displayed as 「Load default configuration now?」.

<3> Please select "Exit Saving Changes" on the screen, and push 'Enter'.

<4> Please select YES and push 'Enter' when "Save configuration changes and exit now?" displays it.

NOTE 1 BIOS message may be changed by BIOS version.

Page 223: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

- 209 -

7 MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES Chapter 7, "MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES", consists of the following sections: 7.1 METHOD OF EXCHANGING A BATTERY.........................210 7.2 METHOD OF REMOVING CASE COVER ...........................211 7.3 MOUNTING THE CASE COVER...........................................215 7.4 METHOD OF EXCHANGING FUSE .....................................217 7.5 METHOD OF EXCHANGING FAN .......................................218 7.6 METHOD OF EXCHANGING CPU UNIT.............................220 7.7 METHOD OF EXCHANGING THE DIMM MODULE.........221 7.8 METHOD OF EXCHANGING TOUCH PANEL

PROTECTION SHEET ............................................................222

Page 224: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 210 -

Connector(BAT1)

Lithium batteryA02B-0200-K102

7.1 METHOD OF EXCHANGING A BATTERY

CAUTION The time from disconnecting the cable of old battery to connecting the cable of new

battery should be shorter than 5 minutes. BIOS settings will be not erased when bellow procedures are done correctly. But if following message are displayed at power-on, BIOS settings may be erased. “251: System CMOS checksum bad – Default configuration used.” & “Press <F2>

to enter SETUP” In this case default BIOS settings are loaded, then BIOS setting will start. If BIOS settings were changed from default setting before this message is

displayed, change as same settings. Usually default settings are used.

(1) Turn on PANEL i for 5 seconds or more, then turn off. Take off PANEL i from attached panel to work from rear side.

(2) Pull out the connector of the lithium battery, then remove the battery from the holder.

(3) Connect the new battery connector (BAT1) until five minutes, put the new battery in the holder.

(4) Mount PANEL i again. (5) Turn on the power, then confirm that BIOS parameters have not

been erased (confirm that error message is not displayed).

Recommended timing of battery replacement

Fig. 7.1 Exchanging a battery

NOTE FANUC recommends periodical battery replacement at intervals

of one year, regardless of whether a battery alarm is issued.

Page 225: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

- 211 -

7.2 METHOD OF REMOVING CASE COVER When it takes five minutes or more to remove the battery and to work, the BIOS setting might initialize it. In that case “251: System CMOS checksum bad – Default configuration used.” & “Press <F2> to enter SETUP” are displayed after next turning on. Therefore in case of usage with changing BIOS settings, confirm changed items before this operating. If the messages are displayed, change BIOS settings as before. In case of usage without changing BIOS setting (setting on manufacture), exit BIOS setting if the message is displayed. (1) Removing the LCD cable (for the 15.0” LCD only)

<1>

<2>

<3> <4>

Video connector fastener

Screw

Video connector

<1> Remove the screw from the upper right section of the unit. <2> Cut the cable clamp. <3> Remove the video connector fastener. <4> Detach the video connector.

Page 226: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 212 -

(2) Pulling out the fan and battery cables

<1> Pull out the two fan cables. The connectors are latched in

a simple manner. Pull them out by holding down the latch with a flat-blade screwdriver.

<2> Pull out the battery cable. (3) Detaching the PCI card

<1> <2>

<1> Remove the PCI holding part. <2> Remove the screw, and pull out the PCI card.

Page 227: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

- 213 -

(4) Removing screws from the case

a

b c

d e

<1> For units other than the 15” LCD, remove the screw (a)

from the upper right section of the unit. <2> Remove the other screws (b to e) from the case.

NOTE Screws a to c are locked to prevent them from

falling out of the case. (5) Checking the shape of the PCI holding plate at the bottom of the

unit

<1> Old type <2> New type

<1> If the holding plate is an old type, remove it first. <2> If the holding plate is a new type, remove the screw

indicated with an arrow, and loosen the fitting shown in a dotted circle. Remove the cover as shown in Procedure (8).

Page 228: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 214 -

(6) Removing the PCI holding plate 1 (for the old type only)

<1> Remove two screws from the PCI holder.

(7) Removing the PCI holding plate 2 (for the old type only)

<1> <2>

<3>

<1> Open the PCI holding plate to about 30 degrees. <2> Tilt it a little to the far side. <3> Pull it out.

(8) Removing the cover

Page 229: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

- 215 -

7.3 MOUNTING THE CASE COVER (1) Position the upper side of the cover in the right place, and lower

it.

Be careful not to have the case cover caught on the DIMM latch.

Series 300i/310i/320i : Be careful. They are tight.

Make sure that the power supply PCB and backplane PCB get in grooves.

(2) Mount the PCI holder, and fasten the case cover with screws (4

or 5 places). (3) Mount the PCI card and the PCI card holder.

Page 230: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 216 -

(4) Attach the cable connector.

40-mm-square fan 60-mm-square fan Battery

(5) Attach the LCD cable, and mount the metal fitting and cable

clamp. (For the 15.0” LCD unit only)

LCD cable

Metal fitting for cable

Cable clamp

Page 231: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

- 217 -

7.4 METHOD OF EXCHANGING FUSE

CAUTION Investigate the cause that fuse is blown out at first,

then remove it. Fuse is blown out when power lines are shorted in

PANEL i. If the fuse is blown out, check bellow points. - Any conductor is shorted to the main board. - Failure of PCI extended card or error at inserting

PCI extended card. - Miss-connection of cables.

When fuse is blown out, any damage may be existed in the main board. And the damaged parts must be exchanged.

(1) Take PANEL i off from cabinet after pulling out cables. (2) Remove case cover (Refer to 7.2). (3) Remove the old fuse, and put a new fuse to the socket exactly. (4) Attach case cover (Refer to 7.3). Mount PANEL i again. (5) Turn on the power, then confirm that PANEL i will start.

FUSE A08B-0084-K020

Cover removing/attaching (Refer to Sections 7.2 and 7.3)

Fig. 7.4 Exchanging fuse

Page 232: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 218 -

7.5 METHOD OF EXCHANGING FAN

7.5.1 Method of Exchange Fan of the PANEL i (1) Make sure that PANEL i is turned off. (2) Prepare a new FAN . (3) Pull out the connector of fan power. This connector has a latch,

therefore release the latch and pull out it as below figure. (4) Exchange a fan. Attention to the direction of air flow. (5) Connect a plug of 60mm FAN(-K101) to CPE11B. Connect a

plug of 40mm FAN(-K100) to CPE11A.

(40mm FAN) CPE11A

40mm FAN A08B-0084-K100 Attention to the direction.

Air Flow

60mm FAN A08B-0084-K101 Attention to the direction.

(60mm FAN) CPE11B

Release the latch of the connector with the driver etc, then pull out the cable. Be careful not to damage the connector with excessive force.

Fig. 7.5.1 Exchanging Fan of Basic Unit

Page 233: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

- 219 -

7.5.2 Method of Exchanging Fan for the HDD Unit (1) Make sure that PANEL i is turned off. (2) Prepare a new fan. (3) Disconnect the fan connector from CPE11C. The connector has a

latch, therefore disconnect it while raising upward it a little. (4) Screw the old fan off. (5) Screw a new fan on, and connect the fan connector to CPE11C.

Attention to the direction of air flow.

NOTE In the case of PANEL i for Automotive, remove

HDD unit at first.

2 screws

To CPE11C (3pin) of Power Supply PCB

Air Flow

FAN A08B-0084-K102 Attention to the direction.

Fig. 7.5.2(a) Exchanging FAN for HDD unit

Fig. 7.5.2(b) Exchanging FAN for HDD unit (In case of PANEL i for

Automotive)

Page 234: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 220 -

7.6 METHOD OF EXCHANGING CPU UNIT (1) Make sure that PANEL i is turned off. (2) Remove case cover (Refer to Section 7.2). (3) Screw off 2 screws (3 screws for Pentium M type), then remove

holding plate of the CPU. (4) When using Pentium III type, remove the CPU unit after lifting

the CPU socket lever. (5) When using Pentium M type, remove the CPU unit after

releasing the CPU socket by inserting a flat-blade screwdriver into the screw of the CPU socket through the opening of the CPU fin then turning the screwdriver counterclockwise.

(6) Set new CPU unit. Mount parts in a reverse order.

Holding Plate of CPU

Holding Plate of CPU unit

Flat-blade screwdriver

Remove/Attach case cover.

(Refer to Sections 7.2 and 7.3)

Holding Plate of CPU unit

CPU unit

Pentium III type

Pentium M type

Fig. 7.6 Exchanging CPU Unit

Page 235: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

- 221 -

7.7 METHOD OF EXCHANGING THE DIMM MODULE (1) Turn the power to the PANEL i off. (2) Remove the cover. (See Section 7.2.) (3) Push the latch for fixing the module outward as shown in detail

A. (The DIMM module is lifted.) (4) Pull out the DIMM module. (5) Insert a new DIMM module until it is fixed with the latch and

mount it by reversing the removal procedure.

Detail A

Fig. 7.7 Exchanging DIMM Module

Page 236: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 222 -

7.8 METHOD OF EXCHANGING TOUCH PANEL PROTECTION SHEET

PANEL i has a Touch Panel Protection Sheet on the face of Touch Panel to protect the Touch Panel. When the screen cannot be watched clearly because of some damages or stains, exchange the Touch Panel Protection Sheet. Please prepare the following.

Name Specification150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i with softkey 300i /310i /320i

A02B-0236-K110For 10.4” LCD

150 i /160 i /180 i /210 i with softkey A02B-0236-K130For 12.1” LCD A02B-0236-K118

Touch panel protection sheet

For 15.0” LCD A08B-0082-K020Neutral detergent (having good oil removal properties. Neutral detergents for kitchen are applicable.)

Soft cloth (Towels are applicable.)

CAUTION Touch panel operations are performed by directly

specifying items on the LCD screen. For these operations, be sure to use the touch panel pen (A02B-0236-K111) supplied by FANUC. If you use a pointed pen to specify an item on the LCD screen, the surface of the LCD may be scratched or damaged. If you touch the LCD screen with your finger, operability may degrade or the screen may become dirty. Do not touch the LCD screen with your fingers.

Page 237: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

- 223 -

7.8.1 Method of Exchanging Touch Panel Protection Sheet (except A02B-0236-K130)

(1) At first, strip the old Touch Panel Protection Sheet off.

Touch panel protection sheet

Tab for exchange

(2) Wipe off adhesive residue if any with alcohol. (3) Use a neutral detergent to remove oil and dirt stuck to the surface

of the touch panel. (4) With a soft, damp cloth, wipe off the detergent completely. If the surface of the touch panel is cloudy, oil is still left.

Remove oil completely. If oil or detergent is left on the surface of the touch panel, the

protection sheet cannot adhere to the panel completely and will sometimes peel off easily.

(5) With a soft, dry cloth, wipe off moisture completely. (6) Bend a tab for exchange to surface side in accordance with the

following left-side picture.(At an angle of about 60°) (7) Strip the white film on the back of the new Touch Panel

Protection Sheet (this side is to stick on the LCD face) off.

Protection Sheet

Tab for exchange

Surface

LCD side

(8) Position the sheet, then attach the top and bottom sides of the

sheet first so that the tab for exchange is placed at the upper-right corner.

At this time, check that each side of the protection sheet does not touch the escutcheon.

Be careful so as not to allow dirt to enter between the LCD and protection sheet.

NGOK

Page 238: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 224 -

(9) Attach the right and left sides of the protection sheet while

pushing out air between the touch panel and protection sheet. With part of the protection sheet kept stuck to the touch panel, do

not attempt to correct the position of the protection sheet by pulling the sheet.

(10) Press the adhesive parts of the four sides, and attach the entire sheet completely.

Page 239: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE 7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES

- 225 -

7.8.2 Method of exchanging Touch Panel Protection Sheet (A02B-0236-K130)

(1) At first, strip the old Touch Panel Protection Sheet off.

Tab for exchange

(2) Wipe off adhesive residue if any with alcohol. (3) Use a neutral detergent to remove oil and dirt stuck to the surface

of the touch panel. (4) With a soft, damp cloth, wipe off the detergent completely. If the surface of the touch panel is cloudy, oil is still left.

Remove oil completely. If oil or detergent is left on the surface of the touch panel, the

protection sheet cannot adhere to the panel completely and will sometimes peel off easily.

(5) With a soft, dry cloth, wipe off moisture completely. (6) Strip the film on the back of the new Touch Panel Protection

Sheet (this side is to stick on the LCD face.) (7) Put the tab of exchange on the lower left side of the new one, and

stick the Touch Panel Protection Sheet. At this time, align the overhang edge at bottom of the gray plastic frame with the overhang edge of the Touch Panel Protection Sheet. In addition, prevent dust from entering between the LCD and the Touch Panel Protection Sheet.

Guide position

(8) Stick the four sides while pushing out air between the touch panel and the Touch Panel Protection Sheet.

Do not pull the Touch Panel Protection Sheet to correct its position with the part of the sheet kept stuck to the touch panel.

Page 240: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

7.MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 226 -

(9) Press the adhesive parts of the four sides, and stick the Touch Panel Protection Sheet completely.

Check that the four corners and four sides of the Touch Panel Protection Sheet is not floating.

7.8.3 Checks after Exchange

(1) Check that there is no wrinkle on the surface of the protection

sheet. (2) After power-on, check that there is no touch panel portion kept

pressed. (3) Press the touch panel, and check that correct operation takes

place.

Page 241: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 227 -

8.METHOD FOR CORRECTING POSITIONS

ON THE TOUCH PANEL

8 METHOD FOR CORRECTING POSITIONS ON THE TOUCH PANEL

(1) Open the Control Panel and double-click the [Touch Panel] icon

to open the [Touch panel set-up and configuration utility] dialog.

Page 242: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 228 -

8. METHOD FOR CORRECTING POSITIONS ON THE TOUCH PANEL

(2) Click the [Calibration] tab. Click the [Calibrate Now] button with performing no other operations.

(3) The correction screen appears (a plus (+) sign appears at the

upper left of the screen). Press and hold the center of the plus sign with a touch pen for about 1 second. Each time you press the plus sign, the plus sign moves to the next position.

(4) After pressing the plus sign nine times, press the Enter key. (5) Press the Enter key again and terminate the touch panel

correction program. (6) Click the [OK] button on the [Touch panel set-up and

configuration utility] dialog.

NOTE The PANEL i is of a type that has no EEPROM.

Page 243: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 229 -

9.METHOD OF MOUNTING AND REMOVING THE 10.4-INCH PANEL i

(FOR THE 300i/310i/320i) AND MDI UNIT

9 METHOD OF MOUNTING AND REMOVING THE 10.4-INCH PANEL i (FOR THE 300i/310i/320i) AND MDI UNIT

The 10.4-inch PANEL i (for the 300i/310i/320i) and MDI unit are secured on the front panel with screws. The screws are hidden with screw caps. Chapter 9, "METHOD OF MOUNTING AND REMOVING THE 10.4-INCH PANEL i (FOR THE 300i/310i/320i) AND MDI UNIT", consists of the following sections: 9.1 REMOVAL METHOD.............................................................230 9.2 MOUNTING METHOD...........................................................231

Page 244: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 230 -

9. METHOD OF MOUNTING AND REMOVING THE 10.4-INCH PANEL i (FOR THE 300i/310i/320i) AND MDI UNIT

9.1 REMOVAL METHOD

Screw caps (four places)

Indentation

(1) Insert a flat-blade precision screwdriver into the indentation of a

screw cap to pull out the cap. (2) Remove the screw under each screw cap and remove the unit.

Page 245: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 MAINTENANCE

- 231 -

9.METHOD OF MOUNTING AND REMOVING THE 10.4-INCH PANEL i

(FOR THE 300i/310i/320i) AND MDI UNIT

9.2 MOUNTING METHOD

Only A has a projection (for discrimination)

A B

(1) Fix the four corners with screws. (2) There are two types of screw caps. Mount the screw caps as

shown in the figure. Be careful about the orientation and push each cap until its top becomes level with the surface of the unit.

NOTE If screw caps are lost or damaged, order them with

the following specifications: A02B-0303-K190: Screw caps A and B, 100 each A02B-0303-K191: Screw caps A and B, 8 each

Page 246: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

10.TROUBLE SHOOTING MAINTENANCE B-64223EN/02

- 232 -

10 TROUBLE SHOOTING

Status Measure LED all off? → (Yes) Power is not supplied, or fuse may be blown out. ↓ (No) After new device or cable is installed? → (Yes) Remove it and check again. ↓ (No) After case cover attached? → (Yes) DIMM latch may be unlocked.

Check DIMM is inserted tightly. ↓ (No) LCD Backlight has blinked in a moment at power-on?

→ (No) LCD backlight, backlight cable or inverter PCB may be fault.

↓ (Yes) Power off. Then set setting plug TM4 (Refer to Section 3.2) right for a few second. Then return it. Power on. (Even in the case of a thermal trip, this operation enables start-up.)

TM1 TM2(18) TM3 TM4

In case of TM2, right is default setting.

↓ (No change.) Is LED (RE3) (Yes) Are all fans (No) Replace fans not turned on in red? rotating? rotating. (Yes) Below PCB/unit may be fault.

1. Main board 2. Power PCB

(No) Below PCB/unit may be fault.

1 Power supply is good, but nothing displayed.

1. Main board 2. CPU Unit 3. DIMM. 4. Power PCB 5. Backplane PCB

Possibility High Possibility Low

Page 247: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX

Page 248: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料
Page 249: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i

- 235 -

A PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i Appendix A, “PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i ”, consists of the following sections: A.1 OVERVIEW .............................................................................236 A.2 SPECIFICATION .....................................................................236 A.3 CONSTRUCTION....................................................................237 A.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT...................................237 A.5 CONNECTION TO PANEL i...................................................238 A.6 CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL .........................................242 A.7 OUTLINE DIMENSIONS........................................................245

Page 250: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 236 -

A.1 OVERVIEW FANUC PANEL i is provided with the interface connectors for PC function for example a serial port or a parallel port. But it is not easy to connect/disconnect cables to these connectors for customer or end user after PANEL i is integrated in the machine tool because these connectors are arranged on the rear side of PANEL i. Punch panel for PANEL i enables user to connect/disconnect cables with ease.

A.2 SPECIFICATION

Name Specification Punch panel (stand alone type)

A08B-0082-C200

FA Full keyboard with punch panel (For 15”LCD type, English)

A08B-0082-C151#EC

FA Full keyboard with punch panel (For 15”LCD type, Japanese)

A08B-0082-C151#JC

Cable for serial/USB interface A08B-0082-K810 Cable for parallel interface A08B-0082-K811

Punch panel for PANEL i

Cable for Keyboard/Mouse A08B-0082-K812

Page 251: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i

- 237 -

A.3 CONSTRUCTION Punch panel (stand alone type) and FA Full keyboard with punch panel is as bellow figure.

Punch panel (stand alone type) USB × 2 Serial port Parallel port Keyboard/Mouse

FA Full keyboard with punch panel (15”LCD type)

USB × 2 Serial port Parallel port

A.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT This unit should be mounted to the hermetically sealed cabinet because the connectors on the rear side of this punch panel are not covered with plates. The front door of this unit should be closed when the machine tool are operated. Environmental requirement of this unit is depend on that of PANEL i.

Page 252: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 238 -

A.5 CONNECTION TO PANEL i

A.5.1 Connector Location

JD46

CD43B

CD44

PANEL i side

Punch panel side

View from the back side

JD46 Serial port 2

/ USB

JD9 Parallel port

CD32A Keyboard

CD32BMouse

Main board

NOTE In case of FA Full keyboard with punch

panel(A08B-0082-C151#EC, A08B-0082-C151#JC) , there is not the connector “CD44”.

Page 253: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i

- 239 -

A.5.2 Serial Port 2 + USB Signal connections

JD46 (PCR-E20MD)

1 RD 11 SD 2 0V 12 USB1_0V 3 DR 13 ER 4 0V 14 USB2_0V 5 CS 15 RS 6 USB1+ 16 USB2+ 7 CD 17 USB2- 8 USB1- 18 USB2_5V 9 RI 19 (+24V) 10 (+24V) 20 USB1_5V

PANEL i side

JD46 (PCR-E20LMDGA)

1 RD 11 SD 2 0V 12 USB1_0V3 DR 13 ER 4 0V 14 USB2_0V5 CS 15 RS 6 USB1+ 16 USB2+ 7 CD 17 USB2- 8 USB1- 18 USB2_5V9 RI 19 10 20 USB1_5V

Punch panel side HIROSE Connector : FI40B-20SHousing : FI-20CV5

Recommended cable A08B-0082-K810 (Cable length : 80cm) Cable connecting

Recommended Wire A66L-0001-0285#25P : AWG28 25 pairs

PANEL i sideJD46

Punch panel sideJD46 RD

0VDR

CS

CD

RI0VSD

ER

RS

USB1_5V

USB1-USB1+

USB1_0V

USB2_5V

USB2-USB2+

USB2_0V

123

5

7

94

11

13

15

20

86

12

18

171614

RD 0V DR CS CD RI 0V SD ER RS USB1_5V USB1- USB1+ USB1_0V USB2_5V USB2- USB2+ USB2_0V

123

5

7

94

11

13

15

20

86

12

18

171614

Shield

Page 254: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 240 -

A.5.3 Parallel Port

Signal connections

Recommended cable A08B-0082-K812 (Cable length : 80cm) Cable Connecting Recommended Wire A66L-0001-0285#25P: AWG28 25 pairs

Punch panel side

JD9 (PCR-E20MD)

1 STD0 11 *STB 2 STD1 12 0V 3 STD2 13 *AFD 4 STD3 14 0V 5 STD4 15 *INIT 6 STD5 16 0V 7 STD6 17 *SLIN 8 STD7 18 *ACK 9 PE 19 *ERROR 10 SLCT 20 BUSY

PANEL i side

CD43B (Dsub-25pin female)

1 *STB 14 *AFD 2 STD0 15 *ERROR 3 STD1 16 *INIT 4 STD2 17 *SLIN 5 STD3 18 0V 6 STD4 19 0V 7 STD5 20 0V 8 STD6 21 0V 9 STD7 22 0V 10 *ACK 23 0V 11 BUSY 24 0V 12 PE 25 0V

13 SLCT

HIROSE Connector: FI40B-20SHousing: FI-20CV5

JAE Connector: DB-25P Housing: DB-C2-J9-S6

2

183

4195

6207

8219

122213

12314

162417

102515

11

PANEL i sideJD9

Punch panel sideCD43B STD0

0VSTD1

STD2

STD3

STD4

STD5

STD60V

STD7

PE

SLCT

*STB

*AFD

*INIT0V

*SLIN

*ACK

*ERROR

BUSY

1122

3

4

5

6

7148

9

10

11

13

151617

18

19

20

STD0 0V STD1 STD2 0V STD3 STD4 0V STD5 STD6 0V STD7 PE 0V SLCT *STB 0V *AFD *INIT 0V *SLIN *ACK 0V *ERROR BUSY

Shield

Page 255: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i

- 241 -

A.5.4 Keyboard / Mouse (For Stand-alone Type Punch Panel)

Signal connections

CD32A (Mini DIN6pin) (Keyboard)

6 5 KBCLK

4 +5V 3 0V

2 1 KBDATA

PANEL i side

CD32B (Mini DIN6pin) (Mouse)

6 5 MSCLK

4 +5V 3 0V

2 1 MSDATA

CD44 (LY20_08P)

A1 MSDATA B1 KBDATA

A2 +5V B2 0V

A3 MSCLK B3 KBCLK

A4 B4

Punch panel side

Mini DIN 6pin

JAE Connector: LY20-8P

Recommended cable A08B-0082-K812 (Cable length : 80cm)

Cable connecting

MSDATA + 5V MSCLK KBDATA 0V KBCLK

1 3 4 5

MSDATA0V

+ 5VMSCLK

KBDATA0V

+ 5VKBCLK

PANEL i side CD32B

PANEL i side CD32A

Punch panel side

CD44

A1A2A3B1B2B3

1 3 4 5

Recommended wire: AWG28 6 cores

Page 256: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 242 -

A.6 CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL

A.6.1 Connector Location

USB × 2

Serial port 2

Parallel port

Mouse

Keyboard

Punch panel (stand-alone type)

USB × 2

Serial port 2

Parallel port

FA Full keyboard with punch panel (15”LCD type)

A.6.2 USB Port * Output voltage is Min. 4.81V (500mA / 25°C).

USB1 USB2

5678

1234

CD41 (USB×2)

1 USB1_5V 5 USB2_5V

2 USB1- 6 USB2-

3 USB1+ 7 USB2+

4 USB1_0V 8 USB2_0V

USB device in the market

USB device in the market

Page 257: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i

- 243 -

A.6.3 Serial Port 2

CD42 (D-sub9pin Male) 6 DR 1 CD

7 RS 2 RD

8 CS 3 SD

9 RI 4 ER

5 SG

Host computer etc.

A.6.4 Parallel Port

CD43A (D-sub25pin Female) 14 *AFD 1 *STROBE

15 *ERROR 2 Data 0

16 *INIT 3 Data 1

17 *SLCT IN 4 Data 2

18 0V 5 Data 3

19 0V 6 Data 4

20 0V 7 Data 5

21 0V 8 Data 6

22 0V 9 Data 7

23 0V 10 *ACK

24 0V 11 BUSY

25 0V 12 PE

13 SLCT

Parallel port device Printer etc.

Page 258: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 244 -

A.6.5 Keyboard / Mouse (for Stand-alone Type Punch Panel for PANEL i)

Recommended Keyboard A86L-0001-0210 - 101 type(in the market):

Only for application development or maintenance. A86L-0001-0211 - 106 type(in the market):

Only for application development or maintenance.

Recommended Mouse A86L-0001-0212 - Standard PS/2 Mouse

Only for application development or maintenance.

NOTE Commercial devices cannot be guaranteed its

proper work. Careful checking by the customer will be required. And please be aware that those devices in the market are not almost considered about waterproof and dustproof.

Mouse

Keyboard CD32A (Mini DIN6pin) (Keyboard)

6 5 KBCLK

4 +5V 3 0V

2 1 KBDATA

CD32B (Mini DIN6pin) (Mouse)

6 5 MSCLK

4 +5V 3 0V

2 1 MSDATA

Page 259: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i

- 245 -

A.7 OUTLINE DIMENSIONS

A.7.1 Punch Panel (Stand-alone Type)

Weight: 0.6Kg Unit : mm

Panel Cutting

38

210220

55

80 70 5

54-φ4 70 702

for cable connector

200

210

204

64

(HOLE)

704-M3

Upper View

Front View Side View

Page 260: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

A.PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 246 -

A.7.2 FA Full keyboard with Punch Panel (15”LCD Type)

38 20

210220

55

5 400 390 5

6-φ4

200

70 702

for cable connector

390 195 195

210

204

384 (HOLE)

Panel Cutting

6-M3

Weight: 3.2Kg Unit : mm

Upper View

Front View Side View

Page 261: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 247 -

B.CONNECTION OF PANEL iFOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

Appendix B, "CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION", consists of the following sections: B.1 OVERVIEW .............................................................................248 B.2 SPECIFICATION .....................................................................249 B.3 INSTALLATION......................................................................250 B.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT...................................251 B.5 CONNECTION TO PANEL i...................................................251 B.6 SETTING ..................................................................................255 B.7 SHUTDOWN............................................................................257 B.8 OTHER NOTES........................................................................258 B.9 OUTLINE DIMENSIONS........................................................261

Page 262: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 248 -

B. CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.1 OVERVIEW PANEL i for the Ethernet Display function can be used as a host personal computer with the Ethernet Display function installed. The USB interface QWERTY MDI is available as a dedicated MDI usable in combination. This section describes the methods of using PANEL i for the Ethernet Display function and the USB interface QWERTY MDI and provides notes on their use.

PANEL i of 10.4” SVGA LCD type for the Ethernet

display function

USB interface

QWERTY MDI

Page 263: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 249 -

B.CONNECTION OF PANEL iFOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.2 SPECIFICATION

PANEL i for Ethernet Display function

Description Name Specification LCD Soft key Touch panel

A08B-0086-B652 Provided Not provided A08B-0086-B654

10.4”SVGA type Provided Provided

A08B-0086-B672 Provided Not provided Basic unit

A08B-0086-B674 15.0”XGA type

Provided Provided

USB interface QWERTY MDI

Name Specification USB interface QWERTY MDI A02B-0303-C329

Cable (for soft key connection and USB connection) A08B-0084-K805

NOTE 1 When using a PANEL i basic unit with soft keys, be

sure to use the USB interface QWERTY MDI as the keyboard. When a PANEL i basic unit with soft keys is used with an FA Full keyboard, the soft keys are disabled.

Prepare items other than the above, namely, a CPU, memory, CF card unit, and so forth, according to the ordering list of PANEL i of Pentium M version supporting Windows XP Embedded (CF card type).

2 For PANEL i, select a CPU and memory that have a sufficient margin in connection with the number of CNCs connected and the load of application software used.

Page 264: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 250 -

B. CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.3 INSTALLATION PANEL i for the Ethernet Display function and the USB interface QWERTY MDI are installed as shown below. When PANEL i of 10.4" SVGA LCD type is used, the USB interface QWERTY MDI may be installed on the side of PANEL i.

10.4”SVGA LCD type PANEL i

15.0”XGA LCD type PANEL i

10.4”SVGA LCD type PANEL i

Page 265: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 251 -

B.CONNECTION OF PANEL iFOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT Ensure that the use environment of PANEL i for the Ethernet Display function satisfies the standard PANEL i specification.

B.5 CONNECTION TO PANEL i

B.5.1 Connector Location

View from the back side

PANEL i side

QWERTY MDI side

CD41L or CD41M

CK28 JD60

JA61

Page 266: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 252 -

B. CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.5.2 MDI

Signal connections

Recommended cable A08B-0084-K805 (A660-2042-T297#1R003) (Cable length : 1m)

Cable connecting

JA61 (PCR-EV20MDT) 1 *KEY00 11 *KEY01 2 *KEY02 12 *KEY03 3 *KEY04 13 *KEY05 4 *KEY06 14 *KEY07 5 *COM00 15 *COM01 6 *COM02 16 *COM03 7 *COM04 17 *COM05 8 *COM06 18 *COM07 9 *COM08 19 *COM09 10 *COM10 20 *COM11

PANEL i side

CK28(LY20-20P-DT1-P3) 1 *KEY00 11 *KEY01 2 *KEY02 12 *KEY03 3 *KEY04 13 *KEY05 4 *KEY06 14 *KEY07 5 *COM00 15 *COM01 6 *COM02 16 *COM03 7 *COM04 17 *COM05 8 *COM06 18 *COM07 9 *COM08 19 *COM09 10 *COM10 20 *COM11

MDI side

HIROSE Connector : FI40B-20S Housing : FI-20CV5

JAE Housing : LY10-DC20 Contact : LY10-C2-3

*KEY00*KEY02*KEY04*KEY06

*COM00*COM02*COM04*COM06*COM08*COM10*KEY01*KEY03*KEY05*KEY07

*COM01*COM03*COM05*COM07*COM09*COM11

*KEY00 *KEY02 *KEY04 *KEY06 *COM00 *COM02 *COM04 *COM06 *COM08 *COM10 *KEY01 *KEY03 *KEY05 *KEY07 *COM01 *COM03 *COM05 *COM07 *COM09 *COM11

Shield

123456789

1011121314151617181920

123456789

1011121314151617181920

Page 267: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 253 -

B.CONNECTION OF PANEL iFOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.5.3 USB

Signal connections

Recommended cable

A08B-0084-K805 (A660-2042-T298#1R003) (Cable length : 1m)

Cable connecting USB_5V

USB-

USB+

USB_0V

Shield

1

2

3

4

USB_5V USB-

USB+

USB_0V

20

8

6

12

PANEL i side

JD60 (PCR-E20MDK-SL-A)1 11 2 12 USB_0V 3 13 4 14 5 15 6 USB+ 16 7 17 8 USB- 18 9 19 10 20 USB_5V

MDI side

HIROSE Housing : FI40B-20S Contact : FI-20CV5

USB port 1 1 USB1_5V 2 USB1- 3 USB1+ 4 USB1_0V

USB port 2 1 USB2_5V 2 USB2- 3 USB2+ 4 USB2_0V

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

JD41L

JD41M

Page 268: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 254 -

B. CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

Connection For protection against noise, the shield of the USB cable needs to be connected to the frame ground.

USB cable

Frame ground cable

Connect the frame ground cable to this stud.

USB interface QWERTY MDI

Page 269: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 255 -

B.CONNECTION OF PANEL iFOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.6 SETTING When using the USB interface QWERTY MDI, make modifications to settings as described below.

B.6.1 Installation of the Driver To use the USB interface QWERTY MDI, the dedicated driver is required. Install the driver placed in the USBMDI folder on the Drivers Disk (A08B-0084-K790 Version 1.6 or later). For installation, select "FANUC USB MDI Keyboard (QWERTY, Standard)" from the [Models] list box on the [Select a Device Driver] screen according to Readmej.txt placed in the USBMDI folder.

B.6.2 Setting of the OS • If Windows XP of Japanese version is already installed on

PANEL i at the time of shipment from FANUC, modify the keyboard setting according to the procedure below after starting the OS.

If Windows XP of English version is installed, no modification is required. <1> Press the [CTRL] key and [HELP] key simultaneously. <2> The start menu is opened. Select "Control Panel" then

press the [INPUT] key. <3> Press the [TAB] key several times until the item of [Pick a

category] is made selectable. Next, select " Date, Time, Language, and Regional Options " then press the [INPUT] key.

<4> Press the [TAB] key several times until the item of [Pick a task …] is made selectable. Next, select "Add other languages" then press the [INPUT] key.

<5> Press the [TAB] key several times then select "Details…" from [Text Services and Input Languages] placed in the item of [Languages]. Next, press the [INPUT] key.

<6> Press the [TAB] key several times then select " Apply " from [Installed services] placed in the item of [Settings]. Next, press the [INPUT] key.

<7> Press the [TAB] key then select an input language or keyboard layout/input system.

Pressing the [SYSTEM] key displays a list. Make settings as described below then press the [SYSTEM] key again to close the list.

Input language: English (U.S.A.) Keyboard layout/input system: US <8> Press the [TAB] key several times then select "OK". Next,

press the [INPUT] key. <9> Press the [TAB] key several times then select [Defailt input

language] from the item of [Settings].

Page 270: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 256 -

B. CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

<10> Pressing the [SYSTEM] key displays a list. Select English (U.S.A.)-US then press the [SYSTEM] key again to close the list.

<11> Press the [TAB] key several times then select "Apply". Next, press the [INPUT] key.

<12> Press the [TAB] key several times then select "OK". Next, press the [INPUT] key.

(The text service and input language screen is closed.) <13> Press the [TAB] key several times then select "OK". Next,

press the [INPUT] key. (The region and language option screen is closed.) <14> Press the [ALT] key then select "File". Next, press the [↓]

key then select "Close". Then press the [INPUT] key. (The control panel screen is closed.)

• When the machine tool builder installs Windows XP by using the

installation CD for Windows XP of Japanese version, the machine tool builder is requested to select a type of keyboard. Select 101 (English keyboard).

Page 271: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 257 -

B.CONNECTION OF PANEL iFOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.7 SHUTDOWN Before turning off the power to PANEL i, terminate the OS and applications according to the normal shutdown procedure. If the power is turned off without terminating the OS and applications, subsequent operation is unpredictable. In the worst case, the CF card may be damaged and become unrecognizable by the BIOS and OS. <1>Terminate all applications other than the CNC Screen Display

function. <2> Press the [CTRL] key and [HELP] key simultaneously. (When

using an FA Full keyboard, press the start key.) <3> The start menu is opened. Select "End option" then press the

[INPUT] key. <4> Select "Shut down" then press the [INPUT] key. <5> After "It is now safe to turn off your computer." is displayed,

turn off the power.

Page 272: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 258 -

B. CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.8 OTHER NOTES

B.8.1 Notes on PANEL i of 10.4" SVGA LCD Type

B.8.1.1 CNC screen display <1> To display a 10.4" CNC screen on the SVGA (800×600 dots) full

screen, make a setting modification as described below. (1) Select the submenu [Setting] from the [Option] menu of the

CNC Screen Display function. (2) Various setting screens are displayed. Select [Screen]. Select SVGA then click the <OK> button. (3) "Restart this application to restore this setting." is displayed.

Click the <OK> button then restart the CNC Screen Display function.

<2> Full screen display is possible on a 10.4" CNC screen only. Full screen display is impossible on a 15.0" CNC screen.

<3> The Chinese (simplified) font is not enlarged but is displayed without changing the original size.

<4> The other character fonts are enlarged. However, the font figures differ from those for 10.4" VGA, so that the screen appearance is slightly different. For the difference in appearance, see the screens below.

Screen of 10.4" SVGA LCD type Screen of 10.4" VGA LCD type

Page 273: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 259 -

B.CONNECTION OF PANEL iFOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.8.1.2 Applications available from FANUC and the customer <1> When a 10.4" CNC screen is enlarged for full screen display,

application figures created with the C language executor or macro executor may not be filled formally. The machine tool builder is requested to make a check beforehand. If an application figure is not displayed normally, the application needs to be modified.

<2> If a Windows application screen created by the customer is designed for VGA size (640×480), the layout needs to be modified for SVGA size (800×600).

B.8.2 Notes on the USB Interface QWERTY MDI

<1> The USB interface QWERTY MDI is dedicated to PANEL i for the Ethernet Display function. The USB interface QWERTY MDI cannot be used with another type of PANEL i.

<2> Use the USB interface QWERTY MDI when the screen for the CNC Screen Display function is active.

If another application is active, the operations of the [RESET] key and [ABC/abc] key are limited.

<3> When the [RESET] key is pressed, only the CNC corresponding to the currently active CNC Screen Display function is reset. When multiple CNCs are connected to PANEL i, those CNCs with the CNC Screen Display function not being active are not reset. Moreover, when another application is active, the CNC is not reset.

<4> When the [ABC/abc] key is pressed, the mode is switched between uppercase and lowercase with only the CNC corresponding to the currently active CNC Screen Display function. When multiple CNCs are connected to PANEL i, the mode is not switched between uppercase and lowercase with those CNCs with the CNC Screen Display function not being active. Moreover, if the [ABC/abc] key is pressed when another application is active, an uppercase/lowercase mode mismatch occurs between PANEL i and the CNC. In such a case, activate the CNC Screen Display function then press the [ABC/abc] key twice to match the mode.

<5> To connect a Full keyboard for a purpose such as maintenance, use a keyboard of US layout.

With keyboards of other layouts, the characters that match marks cannot be input.

<6> Immediately after PANEL i is started, the tool (capslock.exe) for setting CapsLock to ON is automatically started to set the uppercase mode.

Page 274: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 260 -

B. CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

<7> To input a character (such as a symbol) placed in the shift state, press the [SHIFT] key then release the key then press another key.

Such a function for enabling the [SHIFT] key to be pressed simultaneously with another key as available on a commercial keyboard is not supported. When the [SHIFT] key is pressed simultaneously with another key, a character not matching the mark may be input.

<8> If the dedicated driver is installed normally, the MDI keys corresponding to the function keys on the keyboard for a personal computer are as indicated in the following table:

MDI key mark Corresponding key on PC keyboard MDI key mark Corresponding key on

PC keyboard HELP Esc EOB ; ABC / abc CapsLock POS Ctrl + F1 CTRL Ctrl PROG Ctrl + F2 ALT Alt SET / OFS Ctrl + F3 AUX Ctrl + F10 MESSAGE Ctrl + F5 TAB Tab GRAPH Ctrl + F6 CALC / ALTER Tab CUSTOM1 Ctrl + F7 INSERT Insert CUSTOM2 Ctrl + F8 DELETE Delete SYSTEM Ctrl + F4 CAN BackSpace INPUT Enter

Page 275: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 261 -

B.CONNECTION OF PANEL iFOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

B.9 OUTLINE DIMENSIONS The outline dimensions of PANEL i for the Ethernet Display function are the same as for the standard PANEL i unit (10.4" SVGA LCD type or 15.0" LCD type). The outline dimensions of the USB interface QWERTY MDI are as follows:

Stud for frame ground connection

100MAX.

Page 276: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 262 -

B. CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

Packing attachment area

Mount the unit onto the cabinet with screws from the outside then install caps in the screw holes.

Weight: 1.5kgUnit: mm

Keytop Marks

Panel Cutting

Page 277: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 263 -

C.MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY

FUNCTION

C MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

NOTE 1 Before the Ethernet Display function can be used,

the Ethernet Display function must be installed on PANEL i.

2 The Ethernet Display function is shipped on the CNC Screen Display function disk (FOCAS2/Ethernet) (A02B-0207-K776) of version 2.7 or later.

Appendix C, "MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION", consists of the following sections: C.1 OVERVIEW .............................................................................264 C.2 NCBOOT32E.exe .....................................................................266 C.3 START SEQUENCE SWITCHING.........................................268 C.4 EXPLANATION OF SCREENS..............................................269 C.5 OTHER SCREENS...................................................................275 C.6 STARTING OF THE CNC SCREEN DISPLAY FUNCTION281

Page 278: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 264 -

C. MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

C.1 OVERVIEW By using the Ethernet Display function, up to eight CNCs (Series 30i/31i/32i of stand-alone type) can be connected to one PANEL i unit (which may be hereinafter referred to as a personal computer) through Ethernet to use the personal computer as a CNC display unit. • CNC screens that can be displayed and operated by Ethernet

Display function Maintenance at power-on time: Boot, IPL operation

(NCBOOT32E.exe) - Display and operation of the boot screen - Display and operation of the IPL screen - Display of the CNC power-on screen - Display of the CNC alarm screen

In normal operation: CNC screen display (CNCScrnE.exe) - Display and operation of the general CNC screen

• Number of connectable CNCs Up to eight CNCs can be connected to one personal computer. • Ethernet address setting

- The IP address of a CNC is the half-fixed address 192.168.1.(10+N) [from 192.168.1.10 to 192.168.1.17]. The value of N at the end is set using a rotary switch. The IP address of the personal computer needs to be fixed at 192.168.1.200.

The TCP port numbers 8193 and 8198 are used for the CNCs, and the UDP port number 8197 is used for the personal computer. (No port number needs to be set.)

- When the Ethernet Display function option is not selected, the IP address of a CNC connectable to the personal computer is 192.168.1.10 only.

MM M

ハブ

PANEL i Ethernet

MMMM MM

. . . . . . .

Hub

Stand-alone type Series 30i/31i/32i(Up to eight CNCs can be connected.)

Embedded Ethernet (embedded port)

Page 279: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 265 -

C.MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY

FUNCTION

NOTE 1 When using the Ethernet Display function (CNC Screen Display function based on

embedded Ethernet), note the following: - The screen update interval of the Ethernet Display function is longer than that of

a CNC-dedicated display unit. Even when a higher-performance personal computer is used, the screen update interval cannot be made shorter than that of a CNC-dedicated display unit.

- When high-load machining such as high-speed and high-precision machining is performed, the Ethernet Display function is more affected than a CNC-dedicated display unit, so a longer screen update interval may result.

- The Ethernet Display function is designed for application to a system where multiple CNCs share a display unit or a system where no CNC display unit is usually required. For example, when using a machine that the machine operator operates by displaying and operating the CNC screen at all times as in the case of using MANUAL GUIDE i, use a CNC-dedicated display unit.

2 Only CNCs of stand-alone type can be used. 3 When the Ethernet Display function is used, the PCMCIA Ethernet card cannot be

used. When using FANUC LADDER-III and the SERVO GUIDE, use the embedded port (Ethernet connector (CD38A) on the control unit).

4 The Ethernet Display function cannot be operated with Fast Ethernet board. 5 When the Ethernet Display function is used, the HSSB connection needs to be

cleared or the CNC-dedicated display unit needs to be disconnected. When a CNC-dedicated display unit is to be connected, software for the graphic function needs to be installed on the CNC.

6 For PANEL i, select a CPU and memory that have a sufficient margin in connection with the number of CNCs connected and the load of application software used.

7 When PANEL i is used, the USB interface QWERTY MDI, FA full keyboard, or general full keyboard is required. Refer to "PANEL i Connection and Maintenance Manual".

8 When the Ethernet Display function is used, the DHCP client function is automatically disabled.

9 In a personal computer environment based on Windows XP Service Pack 2 or later, a security warning screen as shown below is displayed when the Ethernet Display function is used for the first time. Select "Unblock".

Page 280: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 266 -

C. MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

C.2 NCBOOT32E.exe NCBOOT32E.exe is software that monitors communication between the personal computer and CNCs and displays a maintenance screen as needed. NCBOOT32E.exe provides the following functions: • Boot screen (CNC system data maintenance, SRAM backup,

etc.) • IPL screen (SRAM clearing, etc.) • Display of the CNC power-on screen • Display of the CNC alarm screen • Reconnection in the case of a communication error • Starting of registered application programs

System tray NCBOOT32E.exe resides on the system tray after the start-up. Right-clicking the icon (circled in the figure above) on the system tray displays the following pop-up menu items: When [Open] is selected, the status screen is displayed. When [Settings...] is selected, the option setting screen is displayed. When [Screen Changer] is selected, the changer screen is displayed. When [About...] is selected, the version information dialog box is displayed. When [End] is selected, NCBOOT32E.exe ends.

Page 281: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 267 -

C.MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY

FUNCTION

Double-clicking the icon on the system tray displays the status screen. By left-clicking the icon on the system tray, the pop-up menu shown below is displayed. Those CNCs that are not currently connected are dimmed.

When a node number is selected from the pop-up menu, the current screen (boot screen, IPL screen, CNC alarm screen, or screen of an automatically started application) of the currently connected CNC can be displayed in the forefront.

NOTE To operate NCBOOT32E.exe, the use of a mouse

or a touch panel is recommended.

Page 282: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 268 -

C. MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

C.3 START SEQUENCE SWITCHING By setting the rotary switch on the main board of the Series 30i/31i/32i unit of stand-alone type to "F", maintenance work using the boot screen and IPL screen can be performed. In normal operation (When the rotary switch is set to "0".) 1 When a CNC is started, the CNC waits for establishment of

communication with the personal computer. 2 Upon establishment of communication, the personal computer

performs the following operations: - Starting of registered application programs - Monitoring for a communication error and CNC system

alarm When no display unit is connected (When the rotary switch is set to "E".) 1 When a CNC is started, the CNC does not wait for establishment

of communication with the personal computer. This means that the CNC is started even when no personal computer is connected as a display unit.

2 Upon establishment of communication, the personal computer performs the following operations: - Starting of registered application programs - Monitoring for a communication error and CNC system

alarm In maintenance operation (When the rotary switch is set to "F".) 1 When a CNC is started, the CNC waits for establishment of

communication with the personal computer. 2 Upon establishment of communication, the personal computer

performs the following operations: - Display of the boot screen - Display of the IPL screen - Starting of registered application programs - Monitoring for a communication error and CNC system

alarm

NOTE When the rotary switch is set to "0" or "F", the CNC

is not started until communication with the personal computer is established.

Page 283: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 269 -

C.MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY

FUNCTION

C.4 EXPLANATION OF SCREENS

NOTE To open each screen of NCBOOT32E.exe, the use

of the mouse or touch panel is recommended.

C.4.1 Boot Screen If the rotary switch on a CNC is set to "F", the boot screen is displayed when communication between NCBOOT32E.exe and the CNC is established. When multiple CNCs are connected, multiple boot screens are displayed.

The following operations can be performed on the boot screen: • Selection of a location to which an F-ROM/S-RAM file is to be

saved (the memory card of the CNC or a folder on the hard disk of the personal computer)

• Writing files of system data (such as NC control software and ladder programs) to the F-ROM of the CNC

• Saving system data held on the F-ROM to a file • Checking system data held on the F-ROM • Deleting system data from the F-ROM • Backing up the data held on the S-RAM of the CNC to a file • Restoring the S-RAM data backed up to a file to the CNC • Restoring the S-RAM data automatically backed up to the

F-ROM • Formatting the memory card of the CNC

Page 284: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 270 -

C. MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

C.4.1.1 File storage location selection With the [Settings...] button, the location of a file can be changed.

Select the memory card of the CNC or a folder on PANEL i. This selection can be changed at an arbitrary time. "Memory Card on CNC": Specifies the memory card slot of the CNC. "Folder": Specify a folder on PANEL i. When using the memory card slot on the side of the PANEL i screen, select "Folder" then specify the drive name assigned by Windows to the memory card.

Page 285: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 271 -

C.MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY

FUNCTION

C.4.1.2 System Data Operation Clicking the [System Data] tab displays a screen as shown below. The screen is used to operate system data written in the F-ROM of the CNC.

Clicking the [Load...] button displays the file selection screen.

Select a file or files to be stored in the F-ROM of the CNC then click the [Load] button. The selected file or files are written into the F-ROM of the CNC. Clicking the [Save] button saves system data selected from the F-ROM of the CNC to a file. Clicking the [Check] button checks selected system data and displays check information. Clicking the [Delete] button deletes selected system data from the F-ROM of the CNC.

NOTE Only user files holding ladder programs and so

forth can be operated as system data with the [Save] button and [Delete] button.

Page 286: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 272 -

C. MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

C.4.1.3 S-RAM Operation Clicking the [SRAM] tab displays a screen as shown below. This screen is used to operate data stored in the S-RAM of the CNC.

Clicking the [Backup] button backs up S-RAM data to a file. Clicking the [Restore] button restores S-RAM data backed up to a file to the CNC. Clicking the [AutoBackup...] button displays the file selection screen.

The screen displays S-RAM data automatically backed up by the CNC to the F-ROM. To restore data, select the data then click the [Restore] button. The name of a backup file is automatically determined and cannot be modified.

Page 287: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 273 -

C.MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY

FUNCTION

C.4.1.4 File Operation Clicking the [File] tab displays a screen as shown below. This screen is used to operate files on the memory card of the CNC or on the hard disk of the personal computer.

Clicking the [Delete] button deletes a selected file. Clicking the [Format] button formats the memory card of the CNC. This button is enabled only when the memory card is selected with [Settings...]. Clicking the [Refresh] button updates the list of files. Click this button when the memory card is replaced.

NOTE When the memory card is formatted, all data on the

memory card is erased.

Page 288: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 274 -

C. MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

C.4.2 IPL Screen By clicking the [Close] button on the boot screen, the boot screen disappears and the IPL screen is displayed. When multiple CNCs are connected, multiple IPL screens are displayed.

On the IPL screen, the following functions can be selected: • Starting of the IPL monitor • Clearing of data stored in the S-RAM of the CNC • Clearing of CNC parameters Supplement) If a CNC-dedicated display unit is connected, a function of

SYSTEM SERVICE MENU of the IPL screen can be operated according to the corresponding MDI key operation performed at CNC power-on time. If the Ethernet Display function is used, however, such MDI key operation is disabled. In this case, select a desired function from SYSTEM SERVICE MENU on the IPL screen.

SYSTEM SERVICE MENU items corresponding to the operations listed in

right-hand column

(Tip) MDI key operations on

CNC-dedicated display unitat power-on time

0. END None 1. IPL MONITOR <-> + <.> 2. BACK-UP CNC DATA ALL CLEAR <DELETE> + <RESET> 3. LOCKED PROGRAM ALL CLEAR <M> + <0>

Page 289: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 275 -

C.MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY

FUNCTION

C.5 OTHER SCREENS

C.5.1 CNC Alarm Screen The CNC alarm screen is displayed when a system alarm occurs from a CNC. If a system alarm occurs from multiple CNCs, multiple CNC alarm screens are displayed.

(The screen above is just an example. Display information varies according to a system alarm issued from a CNC.)

CAUTION If a system alarm occurs due to a very serious fault

related to the memory, main CPU, or embedded Ethernet, the CNC system alarm screen might not be displayed.

For details of CNC alarm screen operation and display, see Section 11.25, "SYSTEM ALARMS", and Section 11.26, "SYSTEM ALARMS RELATED TO THE PMC AND I/O LINK" in the FANUC Series 30i/31i/32i-MODEL A MAINTENANCE MANUAL (B-63945EN).

Page 290: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 276 -

C. MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

C.5.2 Status Screen When any of the following operations is performed, a screen as shown below is displayed: • Double-click the icon on the system tray • Right-click the icon on the system tray then click [Open] on the

pop-up menu By checking [Pop up this window on communication error] beforehand, the screen is displayed immediately when a communication error occurs.

On the status screen, the IP address and MAC address, current communication status, and other statuses of each CNC currently connected can be checked. Node : CNC node number (0 to 7) When a duplicate IP address or MAC address is specified for

a CNC, the node number is followed by "X". In this case, normal communication is disabled.

Name : Name of a CNC based on the IP address and MAC address Blank : Disconnected ---- : Duplicate IP address or MAC address

Com : Communication status Blank : Disconnected 0000 : Status that the communication was established

once but it is being disconnected now 0001 : Connecting 8000 : Communication error in progress ---- : Duplicate IP address or MAC address

Status : CNC status Blank : Disconnected 0001 : Boot processing in progress 0002 : Boot processing completed 0003 : IPL processing in progress 0004 : IPL processing completed 0010 : Steady state 0011 : The node number is not 0 though CNC does not

have the option of Ethernet Display function 8??? : System alarm issued ---- : Communication stopped, communication error,

duplicate IP address or MAC address

Page 291: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 277 -

C.MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY

FUNCTION

C.5.3 Option Setting Screen When any of the operation is performed, a screen as shown below is displayed. • Right-click the icon on the system tray then click [Settings...] on

the pop-up menu • Click [Settings...] on the status screen

On the option setting screen, application software for display to be started after IPL processing can be registered. Moreover, checking the check box enables interaction with the changer screen. In this case, when a node screen on the changer screen is selected, such application software is displayed in the forefront to enable operation. When a node is selected from the [Node] list box, the name of the application software registered for the node is displayed at the center of the screen. Clicking the [New...] button can register an application name. If the path includes a blank character, enclose the path in double quotation marks. Clicking the [Remove] button deletes a selected application name. Clicking the [Edit] button enables a selected application name to be edited. When an argument is specified, the character string "%s" in the command line is replaced with an IP address. To represent "%" itself, code "%%". Example) To operate the CNC Screen Display function, code an application

name as follows: “C:¥Program Files¥CNCScreenE¥CNCScrnE.exe” /H=%s:8193

Page 292: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 278 -

C. MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

For each node (CNC), multiple applications can be registered on the option setting screen. All registered applications are started simultaneously. If a register application cannot be started normally, the dialog box "Node [xxx]:Couldn't execute the Application Program.[yyy]" is displayed. ([xxx] represents a node number, and [yyy] represents a command line character string.)

Page 293: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 279 -

C.MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY

FUNCTION

C.5.4 Changer Screen When any of the following operations is performed, a screen as shown below is displayed: • Right-click the icon on the system tray then click [Screen

Changer] on the pop-up menu • Click [Screen Changer] on the status screen • Press the hotkey (press the Ctrl-Alt-N keys simultaneously)

The changer screen is displayed in the forefront with other screens hidden behind. The node number concaved on the changer screen satisfies all of the following conditions: • Application started by NCBOOT32E.exe • Application displayed in the forefront By clicking a node number other than the one currently concaved, the application related to the clicked node number can be displayed in the forefront. Pressing the Shift+Fx key displays the application related to Shift+Fx in the forefront.

Shift+F1: Node0, Shift+F2: Node1, Shift+F3: Node2, Shift+F4: Node3, Shift+F5: Node4, Shift+F6: Node5, Shift+F7: Node6, Shift+F8: Node7

If the changer target application that should have been automatically started is terminated, the dialog box "Node [xxx]:The registered Application Program has terminated. Restart? [yyy]" is displayed. Clicking the [Yes] button starts the application again. ([xxx] represents a node number, and [yyy] represents a command line character string.)

NOTE When you click the [No] button, the changer target

application is not started again. Even if the changer target application is manually started later, interaction with the changer screen is disabled.

Page 294: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 280 -

C. MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

If a registered application is not found, the dialog box "Node [xxx]:No Application Program exists for this node." is displayed. ([xxx] represents a node number.)

Page 295: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 APPENDIX

- 281 -

C.MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY

FUNCTION

C.6 STARTING OF THE CNC SCREEN DISPLAY FUNCTION To operate CNCScrnE.exe (CNC Screen Display function) after CNC initialization, the application name of the CNC Screen Display function needs to be registered on the option setting screen of NCBOOT32E.exe. At this time, add an argument (/H=%s:8193) for specification of the IP address and port number of the CNC to the application name. If the CNC Screen Display function is operated when no argument is added to the application name, the screen shown below is displayed, and the IP address and port number must be set.

When a connection is made with a CNC, a CNC screen as shown below is displayed. The title bar indicates the IP address and port number of the CNC.

NOTE To use the CNC Screen Display function, its option

is required.

Page 296: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

APPENDIX B-64223EN/02

- 282 -

C. MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET DISPLAY FUNCTION

Related NC parameters

#7 #6 #5 #4 #3 #2 #1 #0

13114 P15

[Data type] Bit type

P15 With the CNC Screen Display function, the screen is displayed in: 1: 15-inch display unit mode 0: 10.4-inch display unit mode

NOTE This parameter is effective when the CNC Screen

Display function is used with the FS30i/31i/32i-A of stand-alone type.

Page 297: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 INDEX

i-1

INDEX<A>

ADJUSTMENT.............................................................170

Ambient Temperature during Operation .........................19

Application Setup and OS Setting.................................140

Applications available from FANUC and the customer 259

<B> Back Panel ....................................................................168

Backplane PCB .............................................................154

Base Unit.......................................................................159 BASIC UNIT (PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE) .............101

BASIC UNIT 10.4” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i .........................................................95

BASIC UNIT 10.4” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i .................................................................99

BASIC UNIT 10.4” VGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i .........................................................94

BASIC UNIT 10.4” VGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i .................................................................98

BASIC UNIT 12.1” SVGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i .........................................................96

BASIC UNIT 15.0” XGA LCD TYPE FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i .........................................................97

BASIC UNIT 15.0” XGA LCD TYPE FOR 300i/310i/320i ...............................................................100

BIOS DIAGNOSIS MESSAGE.................................... 207

BIOS SETUP ................................................................202

Boot Screen ...................................................................269

BOOT Screen................................................................184

<C> CABLE CLAMP AND SHIELD PROCESSING ...........38

Calibration and Right-Click Simulation of Touch Panel (for PANEL i with a Touch Panel)................................138

CD-ROM DRIVE..........................................................110

CF Card...........................................................................89

CF Card Adapter PCB...................................................154

CF CARD UNIT .............................................................87

Changer Screen .............................................................279

CHANGING START SEQUENCES ............................183

Changing the Setting of Windows.................................175

Changing the Windows Device Driver..........................174

Checks after Exchange..................................................226

CNC Alarm Screen................................................. 189,275

CNC screen display.......................................................258

CNC SCREEN DISPLAY FUNCTION (ONLY FOR THE PANEL i FOR AUTOMOTIVE)............................29

CONDITIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION

ENVIRONMENT OF A PCI EXTENSION BOARD.....92

CONFIGURATION AND SETTING OF THE PCB....164

Connecting to Ethernet....................................................68 CONNECTION OF PANEL i FOR THE ETHERNET

DISPLAY FUNCTION.................................................247 CONNECTION TO PANEL i................................238,251

CONNECTION TO PERIPHERAL.........................42,242

Connector Location ......................................... 238,242,251

CONNECTOR LOCATION ...........................................43

Connector Locations .......................................................87

CONSTRUCTION ........................................................237

CONVERSION OF VERTICAL SOFT KEYS AND

I/O Link...........................................................................80

<D> DEFINITION OF WARNING, CAUTION, AND

NOTE............................................................................. s-1

Drive Unit .....................................................................158

DUSTPROOF MEASURES FOR CABINETS AND

PENDANT BOXES ........................................................41

<E> Electrical Noise Countermeasures...................................73

Enabling EWF Protection..............................................141

ENVIRONMENT............................................................18

ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENT ................237,251

ETHERNET ....................................................................68

EWF Control Screen (for Windows XP Embedded) .....200

EXPLANATION OF SCREENS .................... 184,195,269

External 24 VDC power supply specification .................21

<F> FA Full Keyboard and an MDI Unit Other than

QWERTY MDI...............................................................35

FA FULL KEYBOARD OUTLINE DRAWING

(WHEN HDD UNIT IS MOUNTED)...........................124

FA Full keyboard with Punch Panel (15”LCD Type) ...246

FANUC WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED SYSTEM .......130

File operation ................................................................187

Page 298: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

INDEX B-64223EN/02

i-2

File Operation ...............................................................273

File storage location selection .......................................270

FIRST SETUP OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED .......137

FLOPPY DISK DRIVE............................................ 64,108

FRAME GROUNDING OF THE UNITS.......................37

<G> Grounding the Network...................................................74

<H> HARD DISK DRIVE UNIT A (FOR 150i/160i/180i/210i/300i/310i/320i) .............................104

HARD DISK DRIVE UNIT B, C (FOR 300i/310i/320i)....................................................105

HARD DISK UNIT.........................................................63

HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS .................................10

HDD UNIT .....................................................................35

HIGH SPEED SERIAL BUS (HSSB).............................59

HOW TO BEGIN THE ‘BIOS SET-UP’ ......................204

HOW TO END THE ‘BIOS SET-UP’ ..........................206

HSSB Node Setting.......................................................139

<I> INSTALLATION..........................................................250

Installation of the Driver ...............................................255

Installation Space of the 10.4” LCD Type Basic Unit ....31

Installation Space of the 12.1” LCD Type Basic Unit ....32

Installation Space of the 15.0” LCD Type Basic Unit ....33 Installation Space of the PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE .34

Inverter PCB .................................................................155

IPL Screen.............................................................. 188,274

<K> KEY CODES ON THE PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE ..85

Keyboard / Mouse (for Stand-alone Type Punch Panel for PANEL i).................................................................244

Keyboard / Mouse (For Stand-alone Type Punch

Panel) ............................................................................241

KEYBOARD AND MOUSE ..........................................61

KEYS USED FOR OPERATION.................................203

<L> LED DISPLAY ............................................................. 177

LED on Backplane PCB................................................178

LED on Main Board......................................................177 LED on the Front Side of the PANEL i for

Automotive....................................................................179

List of CF Cards for Maintenance .................................154

LIST OF DRAWING NUMBERS FOR CPU AND

MEMORY MAINTENANCE.......................................162

LIST OF MAINTENANCE PARTS.............................163

LIST OF MAINTENANCE TOOLS ............................163

LIST OF MAINTENANCE UNITS..............................158

LIST OF PCBS .............................................................152

LIST OF THE PCBS, UNITS, MAINTENANCE

SUPPLIES AND TOOLS..............................................151

LOG OUTPUT FUNCTION.........................................201

Logon ............................................................................137

<M> MACHINE OPERATOR’S PANEL + HDD FOR

ATTACHMENT TO MACHINE OPERATOR’S

PANEL..........................................................................106

Main Board ............................................................152,165

MAIN POWER SUPPLY INPUT...................................47

MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC

(BOOT-UP AND IPL) ..................................................180

MAINTENANCE OF OPEN CNC

(HARDWARE MONITOR)..........................................193

MAINTENANCE OPERATION OF THE ETHERNET

DISPLAY FUNCTION.................................................263

MAINTENANCE SUPPLIES.......................................209

Maximum Wet Bulb Temperature...................................20

MDI...............................................................................252 MDI (FOR Series 300i /310i /320i).................................77

MDI Keyboard Setting (for PANEL i with MDI keys) .139

MDI UNIT OUTLINE DRAWING (WHEN HDD

UNIT IS MOUNTED)...................................................111

METHOD FOR CORRECTING POSITIONS ON

THE TOUCH PANEL...................................................227 Method of Exchange Fan of the PANEL i ....................218

METHOD OF EXCHANGING A BATTERY .............210

METHOD OF EXCHANGING CPU UNIT .................220

METHOD OF EXCHANGING FAN ...........................218

Method of Exchanging Fan for the HDD Unit ..............219

METHOD OF EXCHANGING FUSE..........................217

METHOD OF EXCHANGING THE DIMM

MODULE......................................................................221

METHOD OF EXCHANGING TOUCH PANEL

PROTECTION SHEET.................................................222

Method of exchanging Touch Panel Protection Sheet

(A02B-0236-K130) .......................................................225

Page 299: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

B-64223EN/02 INDEX

i-3

Method of Exchanging Touch Panel Protection Sheet

(except A02B-0236-K130)............................................ 223

METHOD OF MOUNTING AND REMOVING THE 10.4-INCH PANEL i (FOR THE 300i/310i/320i) AND

MDI UNIT ....................................................................229

METHOD OF MOUNTING PCI EXTENSION

BOARD...................................................................... 90,92

METHOD OF REMOVING CASE COVER................211

METHOD OF RETURNING BIOS SETTINGS TO

FACTORY-SET VALUES ...........................................205

Monitor Screen..............................................................195

Mounting.........................................................................88

MOUNTING...................................................................30

MOUNTING METHOD ...............................................231

MOUNTING SPACE......................................................31

MOUNTING THE CASE COVER...............................215

<N> NCBOOT32E.exe .........................................................266

NOTES ON APPLICATION CREATION ...................136

NOTES ON OPERATION............................................135 Notes on PANEL i of 10.4” SVGA LCD Type.............258

Notes on the USB Interface QWERTY MDI ................259

<O> Option Setting Screen ............................................ 191,277

OS PROTECTION BY THE EWF FUNCTION ..........132

OTHER NOTES............................................................258

Other PCB.....................................................................157

OTHER SCREENS................................................ 189,275

OUTLINE DIMENSIONS ..................................... 245,261

OUTLINE DRAWINGS .................................................93

OVERVIEW ..................................... 181,194,236,248,264

<P> PANEL i..................................................................... 37,43

PANEL i (CF CARD TYPE) ............................................5

PANEL i (for Series 150i /160i /180i /210i /Power Mate

i-D/H)..............................................................................10

PANEL i (HDD TYPE).....................................................4

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE.......................... 13,16,37,45

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE (CF CARD TYPE) ...........7

PANEL i for AUTOMOTIVE (HDD TYPE)....................6

Parallel Port............................................................ 240,243

PARALLEL PORT .........................................................57

PARTS LAYOUT.........................................................165

PCMCIA CARD .............................................................86

Power Consumption ........................................................28

POWER SPECIFICATION.............................................21

Power Supply ..................................................................27

Power Supply Board......................................................169

Power Supply Requirement.............................................21

PREFACE ......................................................................p-1

Punch Panel (Stand-alone Type) ...................................245 PUNCH PANEL FOR PANEL i ...................................235

<Q> QWERTY MDI Used in Cases Other than Combination

Subsection 3.2.2 ..............................................................36

<R> RECOVERY OF WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED..........142

REMOVAL METHOD .................................................230

<S> SERIAL PORT 1.............................................................48

Serial Port 2...................................................................243

SERIAL PORT 2.............................................................51

Serial Port 2 + USB.......................................................239

SETTING ......................................................................255

Setting of the OS ...........................................................255

Setting of Variable Register ..........................................173

Settings of the Setting Pins on the CF Card Adapter

PCB ...............................................................................173

Settings of the Setting Pins on the Main Board.............170

Settings Screen ..............................................................197

SHUTDOWN................................................................257

SHUTDOWN OPERATION...........................................29 SOFT KEY CODES (FOR Series 300i /310i /320i)........84

SPECIFICATION .................................................. 236,249

SPECIFICATIONS ...........................................................9

SRAM operation ...........................................................186

S-RAM Operation .........................................................272

START SEQUENCE SWITCHING .............................268

STARTING OF THE CNC SCREEN DISPLAY

FUNCTION...................................................................281

Status Screen .......................................................... 190,276

SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM.....................................149

System data manipulation .............................................185

System Data Operation..................................................271

Page 300: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

INDEX B-64223EN/02

i-4

<T> Timing.............................................................................23

TOTAL CONNECTION DIAGRAMS.............................3

Touch Panel PCB ..........................................................156

TROUBLE SHOOTING ...............................................232 Turning on/off the power to the PANEL i for

AUTOMOTIVE with I/O Link .......................................23

Twisted-Pair Cable Specification....................................70

<U> USABLE BOARD ..........................................................91

USB.......................................................................... 66,253

USB Port .......................................................................242

<V> Vibration .........................................................................20

VIDEO PORT .................................................................75

<W> WHAT IS ‘BIOS SET-UP’ ...........................................203

WHAT IS WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED?...................129

When the QWERTY MDI and 10.4” LCD Type Basic

Unit Are Used .................................................................36

WINDOWS XP EMBEDDED......................................128

Page 301: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料

Rev

isio

n R

ecor

d

FAN

UC

PA

NE

L i

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N A

ND

MA

INTE

NA

NC

E M

AN

UA

L (B

-642

23E

N)

01

Jan.

, 200

8

Tota

l rev

isio

n -

Add

ition

of d

escr

iptio

ns o

f Win

dow

s X

P E

mbe

dded

- A

dditi

on o

f des

crip

tions

of C

F C

ard

unit

- A

dditi

on o

f mai

nten

ance

of O

pen

CN

C

- A

dditi

on o

f des

crip

tions

of P

entiu

m M

type

PA

NE

L i

and

so o

n

01

S

ep.,

2004

Edi

tion

Dat

e C

onte

nts

Edi

tion

Dat

e C

onte

nts

Page 302: FANUC PANEL - 机械数控参考资料